WO2024027011A1 - 系数指示方法及其装置 - Google Patents

系数指示方法及其装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024027011A1
WO2024027011A1 PCT/CN2022/123644 CN2022123644W WO2024027011A1 WO 2024027011 A1 WO2024027011 A1 WO 2024027011A1 CN 2022123644 W CN2022123644 W CN 2022123644W WO 2024027011 A1 WO2024027011 A1 WO 2024027011A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
trp
coefficient
strongest
indication information
combination
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/123644
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
高雪媛
Original Assignee
北京小米移动软件有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京小米移动软件有限公司 filed Critical 北京小米移动软件有限公司
Priority to CN202280003488.6A priority Critical patent/CN117813771A/zh
Publication of WO2024027011A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024027011A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/022—Site diversity; Macro-diversity
    • H04B7/024—Co-operative use of antennas of several sites, e.g. in co-ordinated multipoint or co-operative multiple-input multiple-output [MIMO] systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0413—MIMO systems
    • H04B7/0456—Selection of precoding matrices or codebooks, e.g. using matrices antenna weighting
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a coefficient indication method and a device thereof.
  • Multi-point collaborative transmission refers to multiple transmission reception points (Muplti Transmission Reception Point, mTRP)/multi-panel (Panel) providing data services to one user.
  • mTRP Transmission Reception Point
  • Panel multi-panel
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a coefficient indication method and device.
  • the terminal device can indicate the position of the coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix, so that the network device can determine the coefficients based on the coefficient positions. , and then perform subsequent processing, thereby reducing the feedback overhead of the terminal device in the scenario of multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a coefficient indication method, which is executed by a terminal device.
  • the method includes:
  • Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups;
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the terminal device can receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; and sends coefficient position indication information to the network device. ; Among them, the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix, so that the network device can determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position, and then perform subsequent processing, thereby reducing the number of terminal devices in the scenario of multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups. feedback overhead.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a coefficient indication method, which is executed by a network device.
  • the method includes:
  • the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups;
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the network device can send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; receive the coefficient position indication information sent by the terminal device ; Among them, the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix; and then the coefficient can be determined based on the coefficient position, and then subsequent processing can be performed, thereby reducing the number of terminals in the scenario of multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups.
  • Device feedback overhead is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device that has some or all of the functions of the terminal device in implementing the method described in the first aspect.
  • the functions of the communication device may have some or all of the functions in this application.
  • the functions in the embodiments may also be used to independently implement any of the embodiments in this application.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module, and the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the above method.
  • the transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other devices.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module coupled to the transceiver module and the processing module, which stores necessary computer programs and data for the communication device.
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver or a communication interface
  • the storage module may be a memory
  • embodiments of the present application provide another communication device that has some or all of the functions of the network device in the method example described in the second aspect.
  • the functions of the communication device may have some of the functions in this application.
  • the functions in all embodiments may also be used to implement any one embodiment of the present application independently.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module, and the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the above method.
  • the transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other devices.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module coupled to the transceiver module and the processing module, which stores necessary computer programs and data for the communication device.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor.
  • the processor calls a computer program in a memory, it executes the method described in the first aspect.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor.
  • the processor calls a computer program in a memory, it executes the method described in the second aspect.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and a computer program is stored in the memory; the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes The method described in the first aspect above.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and a computer program is stored in the memory; the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes The method described in the second aspect above.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the device includes a processor and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run the code instructions to cause the The device performs the method described in the first aspect.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the device includes a processor and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run the code instructions to cause the The device performs the method described in the second aspect above.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes the communication device described in the third aspect and the communication device described in the fourth aspect, or the system includes the communication device described in the fifth aspect and The communication device according to the sixth aspect, or the system includes the communication device according to the seventh aspect and the communication device according to the eighth aspect, or the system includes the communication device according to the ninth aspect and the communication device according to the tenth aspect. the above-mentioned communication device.
  • embodiments of the present invention provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing instructions used by the above-mentioned terminal equipment. When the instructions are executed, the terminal equipment is caused to execute the above-mentioned first aspect. method.
  • embodiments of the present invention provide a readable storage medium for storing instructions used by the above-mentioned network device. When the instructions are executed, the network device is caused to perform the method described in the second aspect. .
  • the present application also provides a computer program product including a computer program, which when run on a computer causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product including a computer program, which when run on a computer causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a chip system, which includes at least one processor and an interface for supporting the terminal device to implement the functions involved in the first aspect, for example, determining or processing the data involved in the above method. and information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data for the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • this application provides a chip system, which includes at least one processor and an interface for supporting network equipment to implement the functions involved in the second aspect, for example, determining or processing the data involved in the above method. and information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data for the network device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • this application provides a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a coordinated multi-point transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is an architectural schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic flowchart of a coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5a is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5b is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7a is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7b is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used to describe various information in the embodiments of this application, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from each other.
  • first information may also be called second information, and similarly, the second information may also be called first information.
  • word “if” as used herein may be interpreted as “when” or “when” or “in response to determining”. For the purposes of brevity and ease of understanding, this article is characterizing When referring to a size relationship, the terms used are “greater than” or “less than”, “higher than” or “lower than”.
  • SD (Spatial Domain, air domain) basis vector
  • the airspace may include a transmitting side airspace and a receiving side airspace, and the airspace base vector may be determined based on the transmitting side airspace base vector.
  • Each transmitting side air domain basis vector may correspond to a transmitting beam (beam) of the transmitting end device.
  • Each receiving side air domain basis vector may correspond to a receiving beam (beam) of the receiving end device.
  • the following uses the transmitting side air domain basis vector as an example for explanation.
  • the receiving side air domain basis vector is similar to the transmitting side air domain basis vector.
  • the transmitting side air domain basis vector is usually associated with the transmitting side antenna array.
  • many parameters involved in the expression of the transmitting side air domain basis vector can be understood as different attributes used to characterize the transmitting side antenna array. Therefore, in order to facilitate understanding of the transmitting side air domain basis vectors involved in the embodiments of the present application, the transmitting side air domain basis vectors will be described below in conjunction with the transmitting side antenna array. Nonetheless, those skilled in the art should understand that the transmitting side air domain basis vectors involved in the embodiments of the present application are not limited to a specific antenna array. During the specific implementation process, a suitable antenna array can be selected according to specific needs, and based on the selected antenna array, various parameters involved in the transmitting side air domain basis vector involved in the embodiment of the present application can be set.
  • Frequency domain basis vectors are used to characterize the variation pattern of the channel in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain basis vectors can specifically be used to represent the changing rules of the weighting coefficients of each spatial domain basis vector in each frequency domain unit.
  • the change pattern represented by the frequency domain basis vector is related to factors such as multipath delay. It can be understood that when a signal is transmitted through a wireless channel, the signal may have different transmission delays on different transmission paths.
  • the changing rules of the channel in the frequency domain caused by different transmission delays can be characterized by different frequency domain basis vectors.
  • Multipoint cooperative transmission technology can be roughly divided into two types: coherent transmission (Coherent Joint Transmission, CJT) and non-coherent transmission (InCoherent Joint Transmission, NCJT).
  • CJT coherent transmission
  • NCJT InCoherent Joint Transmission
  • CJT means that each data stream will be mapped to the m-TRP/Panel participating in the collaboration through a weighted vector.
  • CJT is equivalent to splicing multiple sub-arrays into a higher-dimensional virtual array to obtain higher shaping or precoding gains.
  • FIG. 1 shows a scenario in which three TRPs serve terminal equipment (for example, user equipment UE) through CJT.
  • the channels from the terminal equipment to each TRP are represented as H 1 , H 2 and H 3 respectively.
  • these channels can be combined together as a higher-dimensional channel, that is, Then calculate the downlink data transmission precoding of the terminal device based on H.
  • the following optional codebook structure can be used to calculate the user's downlink data transmission precoding:
  • a n and p n respectively represent the phase factor and amplitude factor corresponding to the nth TRP.
  • W 1,n represents the spatial domain (SD) basis vector corresponding to the nth TRP
  • W f,n represents the frequency domain (FD) basis vector corresponding to the nth TRP
  • W SF,n represents the SD and FD basis vectors corresponding to the nth TRP.
  • combination represents the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to N TRPs
  • W f represents the FD basis vector corresponding to N TRPs.
  • each combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix can be expressed as the product of two elements, as shown in the following formula:
  • r 0 and r 1 represent the reference amplitude of the first polarization direction and the reference amplitude of the second polarization direction respectively, represents the combined coefficient matrix
  • the reference amplitude is quantized by 4bits
  • the differential amplitude and differential phase are quantized by 3bits and 4bits respectively.
  • each combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix needs to be normalized first.
  • the combination coefficient matrix after normalization contains the strongest combination coefficient with an amplitude of 1.
  • the strongest combination coefficient The reference amplitude r 0 or r 1 corresponding to the polarization direction is not reported.
  • the terminal device does not quantitatively report the strongest combination coefficient, but only reports less indication information to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to a TRP.
  • the terminal device reports or The bits indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to a TRP.
  • the terminal device reports through The bits indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to a TRP.
  • FIG 2 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include but is not limited to one network device and one terminal device.
  • the number and form of devices shown in Figure 2 are only for examples and do not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application. In actual applications, two or more devices may be included.
  • the communication system shown in Figure 2 includes a network device 101 and a terminal device 102 as an example.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5th generation 5th generation
  • NR 5th generation new radio
  • side link in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a side link or a through link.
  • the network device 101 in the embodiment of this application is an entity on the network side that is used to transmit or receive signals.
  • the network device 101 can be an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), a transmission point (transmission reception point, TRP), a next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in an NR system, or other base stations in future mobile communication systems. Or access nodes in wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.
  • the network equipment provided by the embodiments of this application may be composed of a centralized unit (central unit, CU) and a distributed unit (DU).
  • the CU may also be called a control unit (control unit).
  • the structure can separate the protocol layers of network equipment, such as base stations, and place some protocol layer functions under centralized control on the CU. The remaining part or all protocol layer functions are distributed in the DU, and the CU centrally controls the DU.
  • the terminal device 102 in the embodiment of this application is an entity on the user side that is used to receive or transmit signals, such as a mobile phone.
  • Terminal equipment can also be called terminal equipment (terminal), user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal equipment (mobile terminal, MT), etc.
  • the terminal device can be a car with communication functions, a smart car, a mobile phone, a wearable device, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver functions, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality (AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self-driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical surgery, smart grid ( Wireless terminal equipment in smart grid, wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the terminal equipment.
  • side-link transmission modes there are 4 side-link transmission modes.
  • Side link transmission mode 1 and side link transmission mode 2 are used for terminal device direct (device-to-device, D2D) communication.
  • Side-link transmission mode 3 and side-link transmission mode 4 are used for V2X communications.
  • resource allocation is scheduled by the network device 101.
  • the network device 101 can send resource allocation information to the terminal device 102, and then the terminal device 102 allocates resources to another terminal device, so that the other terminal device can send information to the network device 101 through the allocated resources.
  • a terminal device with better signal or higher reliability can be used as the terminal device 102 .
  • the first terminal device mentioned in the embodiment of this application may refer to the terminal device 102, and the second terminal device may refer to the other terminal device.
  • coefficient indication method provided in any embodiment of the present application can be executed alone, or in combination with possible implementation methods in other embodiments, or in combination with any technical solution in related technologies. be executed.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic flowchart of a coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 3, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S301 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups.
  • the codebook parameter information can be used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • each TRP corresponds to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • the codebook parameter information can be used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • each TRP group corresponds to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • a TRP group may include one or more TRPs.
  • the codebook parameter information includes: the number of TRP/TRP groups, the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP/TRP group or multiple TRP/TRP groups; wherein the number of basis vectors includes at least one of the following: The number of SD basis vectors; the number of FD basis vectors; the number of ports; the number of vector pairs of SD basis vectors and FD basis vectors.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the codebook parameter information when used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRPs, the basis vectors corresponding to one TRP or multiple TRPs quantity. In one example, the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRPs and the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP. In another example, the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRPs and the number of basis vectors corresponding to multiple TRPs. Among them, the number of basis vectors corresponding to multiple TRPs refers to the total number of corresponding basis vectors in all TRPs.
  • the multiple TRPs may be located in the same TRP group or in different TRP groups.
  • the TRP groups to which any two TRPs belong can be the same or different, and there is no specific limitation here.
  • the terminal device can determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs according to the codebook parameter information configured by the network device, and then determine the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRPs.
  • the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRP groups, the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP group or multiple TRP groups. In one example, the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRP groups and the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP group. In another example, the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRP groups and the number of base vectors corresponding to multiple TRP groups. Among them, the number of basis vectors corresponding to multiple TRP groups refers to the total number of corresponding basis vectors in all TRP groups.
  • the terminal device can determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups according to the codebook parameter information configured by the network device, and then determine the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S302 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the coefficient may include at least one of the following: the strongest combination coefficient, the strongest reference amplitude, and the strongest amplitude.
  • the number of the strongest combination coefficients can be one or more.
  • the terminal device may determine the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRPs.
  • each TRP can correspond to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • the multiple combination coefficient matrices can be combined into one combination coefficient matrix; the combination coefficient matrix is subjected to combination coefficient normalization processing to obtain a processed Combination coefficient matrix; there is a strongest combination coefficient in the processed combination coefficient matrix.
  • combination coefficient normalization processing can be performed on each combination coefficient matrix to obtain multiple processed combination coefficient matrices.
  • Each processed combination coefficient matrix There is one strongest combination coefficient in , that is, multiple strongest combination coefficients. There may be one strongest reference amplitude in the multiple combination coefficient matrices, and/or there may be one strongest amplitude.
  • the terminal device can determine the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRP groups.
  • each TRP group can correspond to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • the multiple combination coefficient matrices can be combined into one combination coefficient matrix; the combination coefficient matrix is subjected to combination coefficient normalization processing to obtain a processed The combination coefficient matrix; there is a strongest combination coefficient in the processed combination coefficient matrix.
  • combination coefficient normalization processing can be performed on each combination coefficient matrix to obtain multiple processed combination coefficient matrices.
  • Each processed combination coefficient There is one strongest combination coefficient in the matrix, that is, multiple strongest combination coefficients. There may be one strongest reference amplitude in the multiple combination coefficient matrices, and/or there may be one strongest amplitude.
  • the indication information of the strongest coefficient position can be determined based on the codebook parameter information configured by the network device, or based on the number of coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups, or based on The number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups is determined. There is no specific limit here and can be selected according to actual needs.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; to the network device Send coefficient position indication information; wherein the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix, so as to indicate the position of the coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix in the scenario of multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups,
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix, so as to indicate the position of the coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix in the scenario of multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups,
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 4, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S401 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • Step S402 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; where the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination among the combination coefficient matrices corresponding to multiple TRPs. The location of the coefficients.
  • each TRP may correspond to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • the multiple combination coefficient matrices can be combined into one combination coefficient matrix; the combination coefficient matrix is subjected to combination coefficient normalization processing to obtain a processed combination coefficient matrix; after this processing There is a strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix of .
  • the coefficient position indication information can be directly used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the first TRP is not predefined and is not configured by the network device, and the coefficient position indication information includes first indication information used to indicate the first TRP corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and the first indication information used to indicate the first TRP Second indication information of the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the corresponding combination coefficient matrix.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes second indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP, and the first TRP is predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the coefficient position indication information when the coefficient position indication information is directly used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, the coefficient position indication information can be indicated by at least one of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; K tot represents the combination coefficient of a transport layer corresponding to multiple TRPs. The total number of non-zero coefficients in the matrix.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the method for indicating the coefficient position indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes first indication information used to indicate the first TRP corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP.
  • the first indication information can be passed Instruction; the second instruction information can be passed instruct.
  • N represents the number of TRPs;
  • L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP;
  • M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP;
  • the nth TRP is the first TRP.
  • a different number of FD basis vectors can be configured for each TRP, or a different number of SD basis vectors can be configured for each TRP.
  • the indication method of the first indication information and the second indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any one of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • log 2 N For example, in the case where log 2 N is 0.8, Can be 1.
  • the number 2 before L n in the formula of the second indication information indicates that there are two polarization directions. If the number of polarization directions is another number, you can replace 2 with the actual number of polarization directions.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes first indication information used to indicate the first TRP corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP.
  • the first indication information can be passed Instruction;
  • the second instruction information can be indicated by any of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the nth TRP; the nth TRP is the first TRP.
  • the indication method of the first indication information and the second indication information in this embodiment may be applicable to the Alt1A codebook structure.
  • the combination coefficient matrices corresponding to multiple TRPs are combined into a combination coefficient matrix.
  • the combination coefficient matrix is normalized by the combination coefficient to obtain a processed combination coefficient matrix. If the processed combination When the coefficient matrix undergoes column replacement and the column where the strongest combination coefficient is located is replaced with the first column, the second indication information can be passed through instruct. If the processed combination coefficient matrix has not undergone column replacement to replace the column where the strongest combination coefficient is located in the first column, the second indication information can be passed instruct.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes second indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP
  • the second indication information able to pass instruct.
  • the indication method of the second indication information in this example can be applied to any of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the second indication information can be indicated by any of the following:
  • the indication method of the second indication information in this example can be applied to the Alt1A codebook structure.
  • the terminal device can perform column replacement on the combination coefficient matrices corresponding to the two TRPs, and replace the column with the strongest combination coefficient to the first column in the combination coefficient matrix to obtain
  • the terminal device can report Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; and sends the coefficient position indication information to the network device. ;
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, so that in the scenario of multiple TRPs Next, the coefficient position in the combined coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position, and then perform subsequent processing, while maintaining system performance and reducing the feedback overhead of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 5, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S501 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • Step S502 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; where the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP.
  • the position of the combination coefficient; multiple strongest combination coefficients correspond to multiple TRPs one-to-one.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the n-th TRP is indicated by any of the following: Among them, L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the n-th TRP; K n,0 indicates the maximum number of non-zero coefficients in the n-th TRP.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the method for indicating the coefficient position indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP can be indicated by any of the following:
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP can be passed instruct.
  • W 2,1 represents the combination coefficient matrix after normalization of the combination coefficient corresponding to the first TRP
  • W 2,2 represents the combination coefficient matrix after normalization of the combination coefficient corresponding to the second TRP.
  • r 0 and r 1 respectively represent the reference amplitudes of the first polarization direction and the second polarization direction corresponding to the first TRP; r 2 and r 3 respectively represent the first polarization direction and the second polarization direction corresponding to the second TRP.
  • Terminal devices report separately Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP, and indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the second TRP; it can be reported later Indicates that the TRP with the strongest amplitude is included in the two combined coefficient matrices, or it can be reported by Indicates the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the two combined coefficient matrices.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; and sends the coefficient position indication information to the network device.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP; multiple strongest combination coefficients One-to-one correspondence with multiple TRPs, so that in the scenario of multiple TRPs, the position of the coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can determine the coefficients based on the coefficient positions, and then perform subsequent processing while maintaining system performance. , Reduce the feedback overhead of the terminal device.
  • Figure 5a is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 5a, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S511 Receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • Step S512 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; where the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP.
  • the position of the combination coefficient; multiple strongest combination coefficients correspond to multiple TRPs one-to-one.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the n-th TRP is indicated by any of the following: Among them, L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transport layer corresponding to the n-th TRP; K n,0 indicates the maximum number of non-zero coefficients in each transport layer of the n-th TRP.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the method for indicating the coefficient position indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP can be indicated by any of the following:
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP can be passed instruct.
  • Step S513 Send coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRPs; the other TRPs are among multiple TRPs. TRP other than the third TRP; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or the third TRP is predefined or configured by the network device; where the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP The strongest combination coefficient.
  • the third TRP may be indicated by coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may further include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the third TRP.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the third TRP. It should be noted that the third TRP can be any TRP among multiple TRPs.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be passed Indicates the third TRP; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the third TRP may be predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the network device can configure the resource identifier of the Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS) resource associated with each TRP, or the network device can configure the CSI-RS associated with each TRP group.
  • the resource ID of the resource The network device and the terminal device have agreed or predefined the following: the third TRP is the TRP corresponding to the smallest resource identifier among multiple resource identifiers, or the third TRP is the TRP corresponding to the largest resource identifier among multiple resource identifiers.
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
  • the coefficients may also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the position representation includes the TRP with the strongest amplitude; and/or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the strongest reference amplitude. TRP.
  • the amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP is the largest, and the strongest amplitude is the maximum value among multiple maximum amplitudes.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; and sends the coefficient position indication information to the network device.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP; multiple strongest combination coefficients One-to-one correspondence with multiple TRPs; sending coefficient indication information to the network device; where the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRPs; other TRPs are multiple TRPs other than the third TRP among the above TRPs; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or the third TRP is predefined or configured by the network device; among them, the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the combination corresponding to the third TRP
  • the strongest combination coefficient in the coefficient matrix can be used to indicate the position of the coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix in the scenario of multiple TRPs, so that the network equipment can determine the coefficients based on the coefficient positions, and then determine the reference amplitude and differential phase, etc., and then perform
  • Figure 5b is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 5b, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S521 Receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • Step S522 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; where the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP.
  • the position of the combination coefficient; multiple strongest combination coefficients correspond to multiple TRPs one-to-one.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the n-th TRP is indicated by any of the following: Among them, L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transport layer corresponding to the n-th TRP; K n,0 indicates the maximum number of non-zero coefficients in each transport layer of the n-th TRP.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the method for indicating the coefficient position indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP can be indicated by any of the following:
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP can be passed instruct.
  • Step S523 Send coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP; the fourth TRP is the third TRP among multiple TRPs.
  • the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the third TRP is predefined or configured by the network device; the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP is in the combination corresponding to multiple TRPs
  • the position in the coefficient matrix is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; where the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • the third TRP may be indicated by coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may further include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the third TRP.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the third TRP. It should be noted that the third TRP can be any TRP among multiple TRPs.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be passed Indicates the third TRP; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the third TRP may be predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the network device can configure the resource identifier of the CSI-RS resource associated with each TRP, or the network device can configure the resource identifier of the CSI-RS resource associated with each TRP group; the network device and the terminal device have agreed or preset
  • the third TRP is the TRP corresponding to the smallest resource identifier among multiple resource identifiers, or the third TRP is the TRP corresponding to the largest resource identifier among multiple resource identifiers.
  • the coefficient position indication information through or Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; where N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of The number of FD basis vectors of n TRPs; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the nth TRP; the jth TRP is the third TRP.
  • the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs can be indicated by the coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may also include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrices corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the coefficients may also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the position representation includes the TRP with the strongest amplitude; and/or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the strongest reference amplitude. TRP.
  • the amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP is the largest, and the strongest amplitude is the maximum value among multiple maximum amplitudes.
  • W 2,1 represents the combination coefficient matrix after normalization of the combination coefficient corresponding to the first TRP
  • W 2,2 represents the combination coefficient matrix after normalization of the combination coefficient corresponding to the second TRP.
  • r 0 and r 1 respectively represent the reference amplitudes of the first polarization direction and the second polarization direction corresponding to the first TRP; r 2 and r 3 respectively represent the first polarization direction and the second polarization direction corresponding to the second TRP.
  • the terminal device reports separately Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP, and indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the second TRP; the terminal device can then pass or Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP.
  • the reference amplitude r′ 0 , differential amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the first TRP are not reported.
  • Terminal devices can also pass Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the second TRP.
  • the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the second TRP need to be reported after quantification, but the differential amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the second TRP does not need to be reported.
  • the end device may specify one of the TRPs, e.g., via Indicates the first TRP; for the first TRP, the terminal device can determine the content contained in the first TRP based on the codebook parameters configured by the network. non-zero coefficients, all remaining TRPs contain non-zero coefficients; the terminal device passes and Indicate respectively the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the first TRP, and the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the remaining TRP (that is, the second TRP) in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to all TRPs.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; and sends the coefficient position indication information to the network device.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP; multiple strongest combination coefficients One-to-one correspondence with multiple TRPs; sending coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP; the fourth TRP is multiple One of the TRPs except the third TRP; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the third TRP is predefined or configured by the network device; the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP is in multiple The position in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to one TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, so that in the scenario of multiple TRPs, the position of the coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position, and then determine The reference amplitude and differential phase are then processed for subsequent
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 6, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S601 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S602 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; where the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination in the combination coefficient matrices corresponding to multiple TRP groups. The location of the coefficients.
  • each TRP group may correspond to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • the multiple combination coefficient matrices can be combined into one combination coefficient matrix; the combination coefficient matrix is subjected to combination coefficient normalization processing to obtain a processed combination coefficient matrix; this processing There is a strongest combination coefficient in the final combination coefficient matrix.
  • the first TRP group is not predefined and not configured by the network device
  • the coefficient position indication information includes third indication information used to indicate the first TRP group corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and used to indicate the first The fourth indication information of the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP group.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes fourth indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP group, and the first TRP group is predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes third indication information used to indicate the first TRP group corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP group.
  • the third indication information can be passed Instruction; the fourth instruction information can be passed instruct.
  • G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; M g,i represents The number of FD basis vectors of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the indication method of the third indication information and the fourth indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any one of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the number 2 in front of L g,i in the formula of the fourth indication information indicates that there are two polarization directions. If the number of polarization directions is another number, you can replace 2 with the actual number of polarization directions.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes third indication information used to indicate the first TRP group corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP group.
  • the third indication information may be passed Instruction; the fourth instruction information can be indicated by any of the following: Among them, G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the indication method of the third indication information and the fourth indication information in this embodiment may be applicable to the Alt1A codebook structure.
  • the combination coefficient matrices corresponding to multiple TRP groups are combined into a combination coefficient matrix, and the combination coefficient matrix is subjected to combination coefficient normalization processing to obtain a processed combination coefficient matrix. If the processed combination coefficient matrix When the combination coefficient matrix undergoes column replacement and the column where the strongest combination coefficient is located is replaced with the first column, the fourth indication information can be passed instruct. If the processed combination coefficient matrix has not been column-permuted so that the column where the strongest combination coefficient is located is replaced with the first column, the fourth indication information can be passed instruct.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes fourth indication information for indicating the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP group
  • the fourth indication information able to pass instruct.
  • the indication method of the fourth indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any one of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the fourth indication information can be indicated by any of the following:
  • the indication method of the fourth indication information in this embodiment may be applicable to the Alt1A codebook structure.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; and sends the coefficient position indication to the network device.
  • Information among them, the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, so that in multiple TRP groups
  • the coefficient position in the combined coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position, and then perform subsequent processing, while maintaining system performance and reducing the feedback overhead of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 7, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S701 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S702 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; where the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the position of the strong combination coefficient; among them, multiple strongest combination coefficients correspond to multiple TRP groups one-to-one.
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the g-th TRP group can be passed instruct.
  • I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group
  • L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group
  • K g,0 represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group Maximum number of non-zero coefficients per transport layer.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the method for indicating the coefficient position indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP group can be passed instruct.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; and sends the coefficient position indication to the network device.
  • Information among them, the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group; among which, multiple The strongest combination coefficient corresponds to multiple TRP groups one-to-one, so that in the scenario of multiple TRP groups, the position of the coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position, and then perform subsequent processing. While maintaining system performance, the feedback overhead of terminal devices is reduced.
  • Figure 7a is a schematic flow chart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 7a, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S711 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S712 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; where the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the position of the strong combination coefficient; among them, multiple strongest combination coefficients correspond to multiple TRP groups one-to-one.
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the g-th TRP group can be passed instruct.
  • I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group
  • L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group
  • K g,0 represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group Maximum number of non-zero coefficients per transport layer.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the method for indicating the coefficient position indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP group can be passed instruct.
  • Step S713 Send coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein, the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRP groups; other TRP groups are divided into multiple TRP groups.
  • the third TRP group may be indicated by coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may also include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the third TRP group.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the third TRP group.
  • the third TRP group can be any TRP group among multiple TRP groups.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be passed Indicates the third TRP group; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the third TRP group may be predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the network device can configure the resource identifier of the CSI-RS resource associated with each TRP, or the network device can configure the resource identifier of the CSI-RS resource associated with each TRP group; the network device and the terminal device have agreed or preset
  • the following content is defined: the third TRP group is the TRP group corresponding to the smallest resource ID among multiple resource IDs, or the third TRP group is the TRP group corresponding to the largest resource ID among multiple resource IDs.
  • the coefficients may also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the strongest amplitude The position representation includes the TRP group with the strongest amplitude; and/or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, and the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the strongest TRP group with strong reference amplitude.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; and sends the coefficient position indication to the network device.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group; among which, multiple The strongest combination coefficient corresponds to multiple TRP groups one-to-one; coefficient indication information is sent to the network device; where the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRP groups;
  • the other TRP groups are TRP groups other than the third TRP group among the multiple TRP groups; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or the third TRP group is predefined or configured by the network device, so that in multiple In the TRP group scenario, the coefficient position in the combined coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position, and then perform subsequent processing, while maintaining system performance and reducing the feedback overhead of the terminal device.
  • Figure 7b is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 7b, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S721 Receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S722 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; where the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the position of the strong combination coefficient; among them, multiple strongest combination coefficients correspond to multiple TRP groups one-to-one.
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the g-th TRP group can be passed instruct.
  • I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group
  • L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports
  • K g,0 represents the maximum number of non-zero coefficients of each transport layer of the g-th TRP group.
  • the method for indicating the coefficient position indication information in this embodiment can be applied to any of the following codebook structures: Alt1A, Alt1B, and Alt2.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP group can be passed instruct.
  • Step S723 Send coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase in the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP group; the fourth TRP group is multiple TRPs One of the other TRP groups in the group except the third TRP group; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the third TRP group is predefined or configured by the network device; the fourth TRP group corresponds to the strongest The position of the combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; where the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • the third TRP group may be indicated by coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may also include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the third TRP group.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the third TRP group.
  • the third TRP group can be any TRP group among multiple TRP groups.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be passed Indicates the third TRP group; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the third TRP group may be predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the network device can configure the resource identifier of the CSI-RS resource associated with each TRP, or the network device can configure the resource identifier of the CSI-RS resource associated with each TRP group; the network device and the terminal device have agreed or preset
  • the following content is defined: the third TRP group is the TRP group corresponding to the smallest resource ID among multiple resource IDs, or the third TRP group is the TRP group corresponding to the largest resource ID among multiple resource IDs.
  • the coefficient position indication information through Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; where G represents the number of TRP groups; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP group Quantity; the jth TRP group is the third TRP group.
  • the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups can be indicated by the coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may also include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the coefficients may also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the strongest amplitude The position representation includes the TRP group with the strongest amplitude; and/or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, and the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the strongest TRP group with strong reference amplitude.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; and sends the coefficient position indication to the network device.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group; among which, multiple The strongest combination coefficient corresponds to multiple TRP groups one-to-one; coefficient indication information is sent to the network device; where the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and difference in the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP group phase; the fourth TRP group is one of the multiple TRP groups except the third TRP group; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the third TRP group is predefined or by the network device Configuration; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, so that in the scenario of multiple TRP groups, the coefficient position in the combination coefficient matrix is determined
  • the instruction allows the network device to determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position and then perform subsequent processing, reducing the
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 8, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S801 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • Step S802 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; where the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; where the multiple TRPs The number of the strongest combination coefficients in the corresponding combination coefficient matrix is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be obtained through Indication, alternatively, can be indicated by a bitmap of N bits. Among them, N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the strongest reference amplitude is not configured by the network device and is not predefined.
  • the terminal device does not need to send indication information indicating the location of the strongest reference amplitude to the network device.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; and sends the coefficient position indication information to the network device.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; where, the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs The number is multiple, so that in the scenario of multiple TRPs, the position of the coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can determine the coefficients based on the coefficient positions, and then perform subsequent processing, while maintaining system performance and reducing the number of terminals. Device feedback overhead.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 9, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S901 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S902 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; wherein, the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; wherein, multiple The number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP group is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be obtained through Indicated, alternatively, can be indicated by a bitmap of G bits.
  • G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the strongest reference amplitude is not configured by the network device and is not predefined.
  • the terminal device does not need to send indication information indicating the location of the strongest reference amplitude to the network device.
  • the indication information of the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group please refer to the indication method of the position of the strongest combination coefficient in Figure 7, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; and sends the coefficient position indication to the network device.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude;
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; wherein, the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups
  • the number of combination coefficients is multiple, so that in the scenario of multiple TRP groups, the position of the coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can determine the coefficients based on the coefficient positions, and then perform subsequent processing while maintaining system performance. to reduce the feedback overhead of terminal devices.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 10, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1001 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • Step S1002 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient includes the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs , the position representation includes the second TRP with the strongest amplitude; wherein, the number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be obtained through instruct.
  • N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP is The maximum, that is to say, the position of the maximum amplitude in a TRP can be determined based on the position of the strongest combination coefficient.
  • the strongest amplitude is the maximum value among multiple maximum amplitudes. Therefore, by indicating which TRP includes the strongest amplitude, and combined with the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the TRP, the position of the strongest amplitude can be determined. Therefore, the coefficient position indication information may be used to indicate the second TRP including the strongest amplitude among multiple TRPs.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; and sends the coefficient position indication to the network device.
  • the coefficient includes the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitude is one;
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, and the position representation includes the second strongest amplitude TRP; among them, the number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs is multiple, so that in the scenario of multiple TRPs, the position of the coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can, based on the coefficient position, Determine the coefficient and then perform subsequent processing to reduce the feedback overhead of the terminal device while maintaining system performance.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of another coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates that the method is executed by the terminal device. As shown in Figure 11, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1101 Receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S1102 Send coefficient position indication information to the network device; wherein, the coefficient includes the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups. Position, the position representation includes the second TRP group with the strongest amplitude; wherein, the number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be obtained through instruct.
  • G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups when the number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is multiple, for a TRP group, the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP group
  • the amplitude is the largest, that is to say, the position of the maximum amplitude in a TRP group can be determined based on the position of the strongest combination coefficient.
  • the strongest amplitude is the maximum value among multiple maximum amplitudes. Therefore, by indicating which TRP group includes the strongest amplitude, and combined with the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the TRP group, the position of the strongest amplitude can be determined. . Therefore, the coefficient position indication information may be used to indicate the second TRP group including the strongest amplitude among multiple TRP groups.
  • the indication information of the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group please refer to the indication method of the position of the strongest combination coefficient in Figure 7, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the terminal device can receive the codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; and sends the coefficient position indication to the network device.
  • Information among them, the coefficient includes the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitude is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, and the position representation includes the strongest amplitude.
  • Two TRP groups among them, the number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is multiple, so that in the scenario of multiple TRP groups, the position of the coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix is indicated, so that the network device can Based on the coefficient position, the coefficient is determined, and subsequent processing is performed to reduce the feedback overhead of the terminal device while maintaining system performance.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flowchart of a coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates the method performed by the network device. As shown in Figure 12, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1201 Send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups.
  • the codebook parameter information can be used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • each TRP corresponds to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • the codebook parameter information can be used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • each TRP group corresponds to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • a TRP group may include one or more TRPs.
  • the codebook parameter information includes: the number of TRP/TRP groups, the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP/TRP group or multiple TRP/TRP groups; wherein the number of basis vectors includes at least one of the following: The number of SD basis vectors; the number of FD basis vectors; the number of ports; the number of vector pairs of SD basis vectors and FD basis vectors.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the codebook parameter information when used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRPs, the basis vectors corresponding to one TRP or multiple TRPs quantity. In one example, the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRPs and the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP. In another example, the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRPs and the number of basis vectors corresponding to multiple TRPs. Among them, the number of basis vectors corresponding to multiple TRPs refers to the total number of corresponding basis vectors in all TRPs.
  • the multiple TRPs may be located in the same TRP group or in different TRP groups.
  • the TRP groups to which any two TRPs belong can be the same or different, and there is no specific limitation here.
  • the terminal device can determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs according to the codebook parameter information configured by the network device, and then determine the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRPs.
  • the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRP groups, the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP group or multiple TRP groups.
  • the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRP groups and the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP group.
  • the codebook parameter information may include: the number of TRP groups and the number of base vectors corresponding to multiple TRP groups. Among them, the number of basis vectors corresponding to multiple TRP groups refers to the total number of corresponding basis vectors in all TRP groups.
  • the terminal device can determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups according to the codebook parameter information configured by the network device, and then determine the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S1202 Receive coefficient position indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the coefficient may include at least one of the following: the strongest combination coefficient, the strongest reference amplitude, and the strongest amplitude.
  • the number of the strongest combination coefficients can be one or more.
  • the terminal device may determine the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRPs based on the codebook parameter information.
  • each TRP can correspond to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • the terminal device can determine the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRP groups according to the codebook parameter information.
  • each TRP group can correspond to a combination coefficient matrix.
  • the network device can send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; the receiving terminal device sends The coefficient position indication information; wherein the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix, so that in the scenario of multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups, the coefficient position in the combined coefficient matrix is indicated,
  • the network device can determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position and then perform subsequent processing to reduce the feedback overhead of the terminal device while maintaining system performance.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flowchart of a coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates the method performed by the network device. As shown in Figure 13, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1301 Send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • Step S1302 Receive the coefficient position indication information sent by the terminal device; the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the number of strongest combination coefficients is one. In another example, the number of strongest combination coefficients is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes first indication information for indicating the first TRP corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and for indicating the first TRP corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient. Second indication information for the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP; or, coefficient position indication information, including second indication information for indicating the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP , the first TRP is predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the first indication information can be passed Instruction; the second instruction information can be passed instruct.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the first indication information can be passed Instruction;
  • the second instruction information can be indicated by any of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the nth TRP; the nth TRP is the first TRP.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be indicated by at least one of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; K tot represents the combination coefficient of a transport layer corresponding to multiple TRPs. The total number of non-zero coefficients in the matrix.
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP; where multiple strongest combination coefficients are related to multiple There is a one-to-one correspondence between TRPs.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the n-th TRP can be indicated by any of the following: Among them, L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transport layer corresponding to the n-th TRP; K n,0 indicates the maximum number of non-zero coefficients in each transport layer of the n-th TRP.
  • the network device can also receive coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate other TRPs.
  • the network device may also receive coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the third The reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the four TRPs; the fourth TRP is one of the other TRPs except the third TRP among the multiple TRPs; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, Alternatively, the third TRP is predefined or configured by the network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; where the coefficient indication information is not used for Indicates the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • the third TRP may be indicated by coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may further include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the third TRP.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the third TRP. It should be noted that the third TRP can be any TRP among multiple TRPs.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be passed Indicates the third TRP; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the third TRP may be predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the network device can configure the resource identifier of the Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS) resource associated with each TRP, or the network device can configure the CSI-RS associated with each TRP group.
  • the resource identifier of the resource; the network device and the terminal device have agreed or predefined the following: the third TRP is the TRP corresponding to the smallest resource identifier among multiple resource identifiers, or the third TRP is the TRP corresponding to the largest resource identifier among multiple resource identifiers. TRP.
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
  • the coefficient position indication information through or Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; where N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of The number of FD basis vectors of n TRPs; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the nth TRP; the jth TRP is the third TRP.
  • the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs can be indicated by the coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may also include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrices corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the coefficients may also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the position representation includes the TRP with the strongest amplitude; and/or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the strongest reference amplitude. TRP.
  • the amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP is the largest, and the strongest amplitude is the maximum value among multiple maximum amplitudes.
  • the network device can send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; and receives the coefficient position indication information sent by the terminal device. ;
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient and coefficient position indication information, which are used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, so as to indicate the position of the coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix in the scenario of multiple TRPs.
  • the network device can determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position, and then perform subsequent processing to reduce the feedback overhead of the terminal device while maintaining system performance.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flowchart of a coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates the method performed by the network device. As shown in Figure 14, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1401 Send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S1402 Receive coefficient position indication information sent by the terminal device; the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the number of strongest combination coefficients is one. In another example, the number of strongest combination coefficients is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes third indication information for indicating the first TRP group corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and for indicating the third TRP group.
  • the first TRP group is predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the third instruction information can be passed Instruction; the fourth instruction information can be passed instruct.
  • the number of ports here refers to the number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS ports.
  • the third indication information can be passed Instruction;
  • the fourth instruction information can be indicated by any of the following: Among them, G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the coefficients when there are multiple strongest combination coefficients, the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient and coefficient position indication information, which is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group; where, Multiple strongest combination coefficients correspond to multiple TRP groups one-to-one.
  • the indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the g-th TRP group can be passed instruct.
  • I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group
  • L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group
  • K g,0 represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group Maximum number of non-zero coefficients per transport layer.
  • the network device can also receive coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate other TRPs.
  • the network device may also receive coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the third The reference amplitude and differential phase in the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the four TRP groups; the fourth TRP group is one of the other TRP groups except the third TRP group among multiple TRP groups; the third TRP group It is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the third TRP group is predefined or configured by the network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is indicated by the coefficient position indication information. Indication; wherein, the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • the third TRP group may be indicated by coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may also include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the third TRP group.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the third TRP group.
  • the third TRP group can be any TRP group among multiple TRP groups.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be passed Indicates the third TRP group; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the third TRP group may be predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the network device can configure the resource identifier of the CSI-RS resource associated with each TRP, or the network device can configure the resource identifier of the CSI-RS resource associated with each TRP group; the network device and the terminal device have agreed or preset
  • the following content is defined: the third TRP group is the TRP group corresponding to the smallest resource ID among multiple resource IDs, or the third TRP group is the TRP group corresponding to the largest resource ID among multiple resource IDs.
  • the coefficient position indication information through Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; where G represents the number of TRP groups; L g,i represents the SD basis of the i-th TRP group The number of vectors or ports; the jth TRP group is the third TRP group.
  • the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups can be indicated by the coefficient position indication information.
  • the coefficient position indication information may also include indication information, and the indication information may indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • bits used to indicate the positions of other coefficients in the coefficient position indication information may be reused to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the coefficients may also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the strongest amplitude The position representation includes the TRP group with the strongest amplitude; and/or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, and the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the strongest TRP group with strong reference amplitude.
  • the network device can send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; and receives the coefficient position indication sent by the terminal device.
  • Information the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient and coefficient position indication information, which are used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, so that in the scenario of multiple TRP groups, the coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix can be combined
  • the network device can determine the coefficient based on the coefficient position, and then perform subsequent processing to reduce the feedback overhead of the terminal device while maintaining system performance.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic flowchart of a coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates the method performed by the network device. As shown in Figure 15, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1501 Send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups.
  • the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs. In another example, the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S1502 Receive the coefficient position indication information sent by the terminal device; the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; where , the number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • Coefficient position indication information can be passed Indicated, alternatively, by bitmap indication of N bits. Among them, N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Coefficient position indication information can be passed Indicated, alternatively, by a bitmap indication of G bits. Among them, G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the strongest reference amplitude is not configured by the network device and is not predefined.
  • the terminal device does not need to send indication information indicating the location of the strongest reference amplitude to the network device.
  • the network device can send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; the receiving terminal device sends coefficient position indication information; the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; wherein, multiple TRPs or The number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to a TRP group is multiple, so that in the scenario of multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups, the position of the coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix is indicated.
  • the network device can determine based on the coefficient positions. coefficient, and then perform subsequent processing to reduce the feedback overhead of the terminal device while maintaining system performance.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of a coefficient indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This coefficient indicates the method performed by the network device. As shown in Figure 16, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1601 Send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups.
  • the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs. In another example, the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • Step S1602 Receive the coefficient position indication information sent by the terminal device; the coefficient includes the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, The position representation includes the second TRP with the strongest amplitude; or, it is used to indicate the position with the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, and the position representation includes the second TRP group with the strongest amplitude; wherein the multiple TRPs or The number of strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, and the position represents the second TRP including the strongest amplitude.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be passed instruct.
  • N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP is The maximum, that is to say, the position of the maximum amplitude in a TRP can be determined based on the position of the strongest combination coefficient.
  • the strongest amplitude is the maximum value among multiple maximum amplitudes. Therefore, by indicating which TRP includes the strongest amplitude, and combined with the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the TRP, the position of the strongest amplitude can be determined. Therefore, the coefficient position indication information may be used to indicate the second TRP including the strongest amplitude among multiple TRPs.
  • the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, and the position represents the second TRP group including the strongest amplitude.
  • the coefficient position indication information can be passed instruct.
  • G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups when the number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is multiple, for a TRP group, the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the TRP group
  • the amplitude is the largest, that is to say, the position of the maximum amplitude in a TRP group can be determined based on the position of the strongest combination coefficient.
  • the strongest amplitude is the maximum value among multiple maximum amplitudes. Therefore, by indicating which TRP group includes the strongest amplitude, and combined with the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the TRP group, the position of the strongest amplitude can be determined. . Therefore, the coefficient position indication information may be used to indicate the second TRP group including the strongest amplitude among multiple TRP groups.
  • the network device can send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; the receiving terminal device sends The coefficient position indication information of The second TRP; or, used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, and the position represents the second TRP group including the strongest amplitude; wherein, the combination corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups
  • the number of the strongest combination coefficients in the coefficient matrix is multiple, so that in the scenario of multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups, the position of the coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix is indicated, and the network device can determine the coefficients based on the coefficient positions, and then perform subsequent Processing, while maintaining system performance, reduces the feedback overhead of terminal devices.
  • the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspectives of network equipment and terminal equipment respectively.
  • the network device and the first terminal device may include a hardware structure and a software module to implement the above functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • a certain function among the above functions can be executed by a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 170 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 170 shown in FIG. 17 may include a transceiver unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702.
  • the transceiver unit 1701 may include a sending module and/or a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to implement the sending function
  • the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function.
  • the transceiving unit 1701 may implement the sending function and/or the receiving function.
  • the communication device 170 may be a terminal device, a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with the terminal device.
  • the communication device 170 may be a network device, a device in a network device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with the network device.
  • the communication device 170 is a terminal device:
  • the transceiver unit 1701 is configured to receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups;
  • the transceiver unit 1701 is also configured to send coefficient position indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the codebook parameter information includes: the number of TRP/TRP groups, the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP/TRP group or multiple TRP/TRP groups;
  • the number of basis vectors includes at least one of the following:
  • the coefficient includes at least one of the following: the strongest combination coefficient, the strongest reference amplitude, and the strongest amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs. Location.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes first indication information used to indicate the first TRP corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and the first indication information used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP. second indication information of the position of the strong combination coefficient; or, the coefficient position indication information includes second indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP, so
  • the first TRP is predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the first indication information is passed Instruction; the second instruction information is passed Instruction; where N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; the nth TRP is the first TRP .
  • the first indication information is passed Instruction;
  • the second instruction information is indicated by any of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs;
  • L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP;
  • the n-th TRP is the first TRP.
  • the coefficient position indication information is indicated by at least one of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; K tot represents the number of one transport layer corresponding to the multiple TRPs. The total number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP. position; wherein, a plurality of the strongest combination coefficients correspond to a plurality of the TRPs in a one-to-one manner.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP; wherein, it is used to indicate the strongest combination corresponding to the nth TRP
  • the indication information of the position of the coefficient is indicated by any of the following: Among them, L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transport layer corresponding to the n-th TRP; K n,0 indicates the maximum number of non-zero coefficients in each transport layer of the n-th TRP.
  • the method further includes: sending coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRPs;
  • the other TRPs are TRPs other than the third TRP among the plurality of TRPs; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or the third TRP is predefined or configured by a network device; wherein , the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • the method further includes: sending coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP. ;
  • the fourth TRP is one of the plurality of TRPs except the third TRP; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the third TRP is predefined or Configured by the network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the plurality of TRPs is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; wherein the coefficient indication information is not used for Indicates the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • pass Indicates the third TRP; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficient position indication information pass or Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs;
  • N represents the number of TRPs;
  • L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP;
  • M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP;
  • the jth TRP is the third TRP.
  • the coefficients also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs,
  • the position representation of the strongest amplitude includes the TRP of the strongest amplitude; and/or the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to a plurality of the TRPs.
  • Position the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the TRP of the strongest reference amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups. Location.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes third indication information used to indicate the first TRP group corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and third indication information used to indicate the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP group.
  • the third indication information is passed Instruction; the fourth instruction information is passed Instruction; where G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; M g, i represents the number of FD basis vectors of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the third indication information is passed Instruction;
  • the fourth instruction information is indicated by any one of the following: Among them, G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the position of the coefficient wherein, a plurality of the strongest combination coefficients correspond to a plurality of the TRP groups on a one-to-one basis.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group; wherein, the indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the gth TRP group.
  • the method further includes: sending coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRP groups.
  • the other TRP groups are TRP groups other than the third TRP group among the plurality of TRP groups; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or, the third TRP group is preset defined or configured by the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • the method further includes: sending coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude among the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP group and Differential phase; the fourth TRP group is one of the TRP groups except the third TRP group among the plurality of TRP groups; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the The third TRP group is predefined or configured by a network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; The coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • pass Indicates the third TRP group; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • pass Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; where G represents the number of TRP groups; L g,i represents the SD basis of the i-th TRP group The number of vectors or ports; the jth TRP group is the third TRP group.
  • the coefficients also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the position representation of the strongest amplitude includes the TRP group with the strongest amplitude; and/or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the strongest in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the position of the reference amplitude, the position of the strongest reference amplitude represents the TRP group including the strongest reference amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; wherein the combined coefficients corresponding to multiple TRPs The number of strongest combination coefficients in the matrix is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Indicated, or indicated by a bitmap of N bits; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; wherein, the coefficient position indication information corresponding to multiple TRP groups The number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Indication, or via a bitmap indication of G bits; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the coefficients include the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, so The position representation includes the second TRP with the strongest amplitude; wherein the number of strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRPs is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Instructions; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficients include the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups,
  • the position representation includes the second TRP group with the strongest amplitude; wherein the number of strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRP groups is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by indication; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • Communication device 170 is a network device:
  • Transceiver unit 1701 configured to send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; receive the coefficient position indication sent by the terminal device Information; wherein the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the codebook parameter information includes: the number of TRP/TRP groups, the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP/TRP group or multiple TRP/TRP groups;
  • the number of basis vectors includes at least one of the following:
  • the coefficient includes at least one of the following: the strongest combination coefficient, the strongest reference amplitude, and the strongest amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs. Location.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes first indication information used to indicate the first TRP corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and the first indication information used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP. second indication information of the position of the strong combination coefficient; or, the coefficient position indication information includes second indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP, so
  • the first TRP is predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the first indication information is passed Instruction; the second instruction information is passed Instruction; where N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; the nth TRP is the first TRP .
  • the first indication information is passed Instruction;
  • the second instruction information is indicated by any of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs;
  • L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP;
  • the n-th TRP is the first TRP.
  • the coefficient position indication information is indicated by at least one of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; K tot represents the number of one transport layer corresponding to the multiple TRPs. The total number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP. position; wherein, a plurality of the strongest combination coefficients correspond to a plurality of the TRPs in a one-to-one manner.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP; wherein, it is used to indicate the strongest combination corresponding to the nth TRP
  • the indication information of the position of the coefficient is indicated by any of the following: Among them, L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transport layer corresponding to the n-th TRP; K n,0 indicates the maximum number of non-zero coefficients in each transport layer of the n-th TRP.
  • the method further includes: receiving coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRPs; Differential phase; the other TRPs are TRPs other than the third TRP among the plurality of TRPs; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or the third TRP is predefined or configured by a network device Configuration; wherein the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • the method further includes: receiving coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP. and differential phase; the fourth TRP is one of the plurality of TRPs except the third TRP; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the third TRP Predefined or configured by the network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the multiple combination coefficient matrices corresponding to the TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; wherein, the coefficient indication information , is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • pass Indicates the third TRP; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficient position indication information pass or Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs;
  • N represents the number of TRPs;
  • L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP;
  • M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP;
  • the jth TRP is the third TRP.
  • the coefficients also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs,
  • the position representation of the strongest amplitude includes the TRP of the strongest amplitude; and/or the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to a plurality of the TRPs.
  • Position the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the TRP of the strongest reference amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups. Location.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes third indication information used to indicate the first TRP group corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and third indication information used to indicate the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP group.
  • the third indication information is passed Instruction; the fourth instruction information is passed Instruction; where G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; M g, i represents the number of FD basis vectors of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the third indication information is passed Instruction;
  • the fourth instruction information is indicated by any one of the following: Among them, G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the position of the coefficient wherein, a plurality of the strongest combination coefficients correspond to a plurality of the TRP groups on a one-to-one basis.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group; wherein, the indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the gth TRP group.
  • the method further includes: receiving coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRP groups. and differential phase; the other TRP groups are TRP groups other than the third TRP group among the plurality of TRP groups; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or, the third TRP group
  • the TRP group is predefined or configured by the network device; wherein, the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • the method further includes: receiving coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP group. reference amplitude and differential phase; the fourth TRP group is one of the plurality of TRP groups except the third TRP group; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, Alternatively, the third TRP group is predefined or configured by a network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is indicated by the coefficient position Information indication; wherein the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • pass Indicates the third TRP group; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • pass Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; where G represents the number of TRP groups; L g,i represents the SD basis of the i-th TRP group The number of vectors or ports; the jth TRP group is the third TRP group.
  • the coefficients also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the position representation of the strongest amplitude includes the TRP group with the strongest amplitude; and/or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the strongest in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the position of the reference amplitude, the position of the strongest reference amplitude represents the TRP group including the strongest reference amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; wherein the combined coefficients corresponding to multiple TRPs The number of strongest combination coefficients in the matrix is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Indicated, or indicated by a bitmap of N bits; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; wherein, the coefficient position indication information corresponding to multiple TRP groups The number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Indication, or via a bitmap indication of G bits; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the coefficients include the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, so The position representation includes the second TRP with the strongest amplitude; wherein the number of strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRPs is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Instructions; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficients include the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups,
  • the position representation includes the second TRP group with the strongest amplitude; wherein the number of strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRP groups is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by indication; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • FIG 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 180 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 180 may be a network device, a terminal device, a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports a network device to implement the above method, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports a terminal device to implement the above method. Processor etc.
  • the device can be used to implement the method described in the above method embodiment. For details, please refer to the description in the above method embodiment.
  • Communication device 180 may include one or more processors 1801.
  • the processor 1801 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor, or the like.
  • it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processor can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, baseband chips, terminal equipment, terminal equipment chips, DU or CU, etc.) and execute computer programs. , processing data for computer programs.
  • the communication device 180 may also include one or more memories 1802, on which a computer program 1803 may be stored.
  • the processor 1801 executes the computer program 1803, so that the communication device 180 performs the steps described in the above method embodiments. method.
  • the memory 1802 may also store data.
  • the communication device 180 and the memory 1802 can be provided separately or integrated together.
  • the communication device 180 may also include a transceiver 1804 and an antenna 1805.
  • the transceiver 1804 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to implement transceiver functions.
  • the transceiver 1804 may include a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc., used to implement the receiving function;
  • the transmitter may be called a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, etc., used to implement the transmitting function.
  • the communication device 180 may also include one or more interface circuits 1806.
  • the interface circuit 1806 is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor 1801 .
  • the processor 1801 executes the code instructions to cause the communication device 80 to perform the method described in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 180 is a terminal device: the transceiver 1804 is used to perform steps S301 and S302 in Figure 3; steps S401 and S402 in Figure 4; steps S501 and S502 in Figure 5; steps S601 and S602 in Figure 6; Figure Steps S701 and S702 in Figure 7; Steps S801 and S802 in Figure 8; Steps S901 and S902 in Figure 9; Steps S1001 and S1002 in Figure 10; Steps S1101 and S1201 in Figure 11.
  • the communication device 180 is a network device: the transceiver 1804 is used to perform steps S1201 and S1202 in Figure 12; steps S1301 and S1302 in Figure 13; steps S1401 and S1402 in Figure 14; steps S1501 and S1502 in Figure 15; Figure Steps S1601 and S1602 in 16.
  • the processor 1801 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and transmitting functions.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, an interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits used to implement the receiving and transmitting functions can be separate or integrated together.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit can be used for reading and writing codes/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit can be used for signal transmission or transfer.
  • the processor 1801 may store a computer program 1803, and the computer program 1803 runs on the processor 1801, causing the communication device 180 to perform the method described in the above method embodiment.
  • the computer program 1803 may be solidified in the processor 1801, in which case the processor 1801 may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device 180 may include a circuit, which may implement the functions of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor and transceiver described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuits (ICs), analog ICs, radio frequency integrated circuits RFICs, mixed signal ICs, application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), printed circuit boards ( printed circuit board (PCB), electronic equipment, etc.
  • the processor and transceiver can also be manufactured using various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), n-type metal oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • NMOS n-type metal oxide-semiconductor
  • PMOS P-type Metal oxide semiconductor
  • BJT bipolar junction transistor
  • BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe silicon germanium
  • GaAs gallium arsenide
  • the communication device described in the above embodiments may be a network device or a terminal device, but the scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited by FIG. 18 .
  • the communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
  • the communication device may be:
  • the IC collection may also include storage components for storing data and computer programs;
  • the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the schematic structural diagram of the chip shown in FIG. 19 refer to the schematic structural diagram of the chip shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the chip shown in Figure 19 includes a processor 1901 and an interface 1902.
  • the number of processors 1901 may be one or more, and the number of interfaces 1902 may be multiple.
  • Interface 1902 used to receive codebook parameter information sent by the network device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; send coefficient position indication information to the network device; wherein , the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the codebook parameter information includes: the number of TRP/TRP groups, the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP/TRP group or multiple TRP/TRP groups;
  • the number of basis vectors includes at least one of the following:
  • the coefficient includes at least one of the following: the strongest combination coefficient, the strongest reference amplitude, and the strongest amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs. Location.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes first indication information used to indicate the first TRP corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and the first indication information used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP. second indication information of the position of the strong combination coefficient; or, the coefficient position indication information includes second indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP, so
  • the first TRP is predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the first indication information is passed Instruction; the second instruction information is passed through Instruction; where N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; the nth TRP is the first TRP .
  • the first indication information is passed Instruction;
  • the second instruction information is indicated by any of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs;
  • L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP;
  • the n-th TRP is the first TRP.
  • the coefficient position indication information is indicated by at least one of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; K tot represents the number of one transport layer corresponding to the multiple TRPs. The total number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP. position; wherein, a plurality of the strongest combination coefficients correspond to a plurality of the TRPs in a one-to-one manner.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP; wherein, it is used to indicate the strongest combination corresponding to the nth TRP
  • the indication information of the position of the coefficient is indicated by any of the following: Among them, L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transport layer corresponding to the nth TRP.
  • the interface 1902 is also used to send coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRPs;
  • the other TRPs are TRPs other than the third TRP among the plurality of TRPs;
  • the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or the third TRP is predefined or configured by a network device; wherein , the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • the interface 1902 is also used to send coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP.
  • the fourth TRP is one of the plurality of TRPs except the third TRP; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the third TRP is predefined or Configured by the network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the plurality of TRPs is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; wherein the coefficient indication information is not used for Indicates the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • pass Indicates the third TRP; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficient position indication information pass or Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs;
  • N represents the number of TRPs;
  • L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP;
  • M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP;
  • the jth TRP is the third TRP.
  • the coefficients also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs,
  • the position representation of the strongest amplitude includes the TRP of the strongest amplitude; and/or the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to a plurality of the TRPs.
  • Position the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the TRP of the strongest reference amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups. Location.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes third indication information used to indicate the first TRP group corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and third indication information used to indicate the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP group.
  • the third indication information is passed Instruction; the fourth instruction information is passed Instruction; where G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; M g, i represents the number of FD basis vectors of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the third indication information is passed Instruction;
  • the fourth instruction information is indicated by any one of the following: Among them, G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the position of the coefficient wherein, a plurality of the strongest combination coefficients correspond to a plurality of the TRP groups on a one-to-one basis.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group; wherein, the indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the gth TRP group.
  • the interface 1902 is also used to send coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude and differential phase of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRP groups.
  • the other TRP groups are TRP groups other than the third TRP group among the plurality of TRP groups; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or, the third TRP group is preset defined or configured by the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • the interface 1902 is also used to send coefficient indication information to the network device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP group and Differential phase; the fourth TRP group is one of the TRP groups except the third TRP group among the plurality of TRP groups; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the The third TRP group is predefined or configured by a network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; The coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • pass Indicates the third TRP group; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • pass Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; where G represents the number of TRP groups; L g,i represents the SD basis of the i-th TRP group The number of vectors or ports; the jth TRP group is the third TRP group.
  • the coefficient also includes the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude
  • the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to a plurality of the TRP groups, and the position of the strongest amplitude represents the TRP group including the strongest amplitude; and /Or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups, and the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the strongest reference Amplitude of TRP group.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; wherein the combined coefficients corresponding to multiple TRPs The number of strongest combination coefficients in the matrix is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Indicated, or indicated by a bitmap of N bits; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; wherein, the coefficient position indication information corresponding to multiple TRP groups The number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Indication, or via a bitmap indication of G bits; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the coefficients include the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, so The position representation includes the second TRP with the strongest amplitude; wherein the number of strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRPs is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Instructions; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficients include the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups,
  • the position representation includes the second TRP group with the strongest amplitude; wherein the number of strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRP groups is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by indication; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • Interface 1902 used to send codebook parameter information to the terminal device; the codebook parameter information is used to determine the dimensions of the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs or multiple TRP groups; receive the coefficient position indication information sent by the terminal device ; Wherein, the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of a specific coefficient in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the codebook parameter information includes: the number of TRP/TRP groups, the number of basis vectors corresponding to one TRP/TRP group or multiple TRP/TRP groups;
  • the number of basis vectors includes at least one of the following:
  • the coefficient includes at least one of the following: the strongest combination coefficient, the strongest reference amplitude, and the strongest amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs. Location.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes first indication information used to indicate the first TRP corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and the first indication information used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP. second indication information of the position of the strong combination coefficient; or, the coefficient position indication information includes second indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP, so
  • the first TRP is predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the first indication information is passed Instruction; the second instruction information is passed Instruction; where N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; the nth TRP is the first TRP .
  • the first indication information is passed Instruction;
  • the second instruction information is indicated by any of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs;
  • L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP;
  • the n-th TRP is the first TRP.
  • the coefficient position indication information is indicated by at least one of the following: Among them, N represents the number of TRPs; L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; K tot represents the number of one transport layer corresponding to the multiple TRPs. The total number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP. position; wherein, a plurality of the strongest combination coefficients correspond to a plurality of the TRPs in a one-to-one manner.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP; wherein, it is used to indicate the strongest combination corresponding to the nth TRP
  • the indication information of the position of the coefficient is indicated by any of the following: Among them, L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the nth TRP; M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transport layer corresponding to the nth TRP.
  • the interface 1902 is also used to receive coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRPs and Differential phase; the other TRPs are TRPs other than the third TRP among the plurality of TRPs; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or the third TRP is predefined or configured by a network device Configuration; wherein the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • the interface 1902 is also used to receive coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP. and differential phase; the fourth TRP is one of the plurality of TRPs except the third TRP; the third TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, or the third TRP Predefined or configured by the network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the multiple combination coefficient matrices corresponding to the TRP is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; wherein, the coefficient indication information , is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP.
  • pass Indicates the third TRP; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficient position indication information pass or Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs;
  • N represents the number of TRPs;
  • L n represents the number of SD basis vectors or the number of ports of the nth TRP;
  • M n represents the number of FD basis vectors of the nth TRP;
  • the jth TRP is the third TRP.
  • the coefficients also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs,
  • the position representation of the strongest amplitude includes the TRP of the strongest amplitude; and/or the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to a plurality of the TRPs.
  • Position the position representation of the strongest reference amplitude includes the TRP of the strongest reference amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficient, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is one, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups. Location.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes third indication information used to indicate the first TRP group corresponding to the strongest combination coefficient, and third indication information used to indicate the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the first TRP group.
  • the third indication information is passed Instruction; the fourth instruction information is passed Instruction; where G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; M g, i represents the number of FD basis vectors of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the third indication information is passed Instruction;
  • the fourth instruction information is indicated by any one of the following: Among them, G represents the number of TRP groups; I g represents the number of TRPs in the g-th TRP group; L g,i represents the number of SD basis vectors or ports of the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group; Indicates the number of non-zero coefficients in the combined coefficient matrix of a transmission layer corresponding to the i-th TRP in the g-th TRP group.
  • the coefficients include the strongest combination coefficients, the number of the strongest combination coefficients is multiple, and the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group.
  • the position of the coefficient wherein, a plurality of the strongest combination coefficients correspond to a plurality of the TRP groups on a one-to-one basis.
  • the coefficient position indication information includes indication information used to indicate the position of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to each TRP group; wherein, the indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the gth TRP group.
  • the interface 1902 is also used to receive coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the reference amplitude of the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to other TRP groups. and differential phase; the other TRP groups are TRP groups other than the third TRP group among the plurality of TRP groups; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information; or, the third TRP group
  • the TRP group is predefined or configured by the network device; wherein, the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • the interface 1902 is also configured to receive coefficient indication information sent by the terminal device; wherein the coefficient indication information is used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the fourth TRP group. reference amplitude and differential phase; the fourth TRP group is one of the plurality of TRP groups except the third TRP group; the third TRP group is indicated by the coefficient position indication information, Alternatively, the third TRP group is predefined or configured by a network device; the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups is indicated by the coefficient position Information indication; wherein the coefficient indication information is not used to indicate the strongest combination coefficient in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the third TRP group.
  • pass Indicates the third TRP group; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • pass Indicates the position of the strongest combination coefficient corresponding to the fourth TRP group in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; where G represents the number of TRP groups; L g,i represents the SD basis of the i-th TRP group The number of vectors or ports; the jth TRP group is the third TRP group.
  • the coefficients also include the strongest amplitude and/or the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the position representation of the strongest amplitude includes the TRP group with the strongest amplitude; and/or, the coefficient position indication information is also used to indicate the strongest in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups.
  • the position of the reference amplitude, the position of the strongest reference amplitude represents the TRP group including the strongest reference amplitude.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs; wherein the combined coefficients corresponding to multiple TRPs The number of strongest combination coefficients in the matrix is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Indicated, or indicated by a bitmap of N bits; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficients include the strongest reference amplitude; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest reference amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups; wherein, the coefficient position indication information corresponding to multiple TRP groups The number of the strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Indication, or via a bitmap indication of G bits; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the coefficients include the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRPs, so The position representation includes the second TRP with the strongest amplitude; wherein the number of strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRPs is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by Instructions; where N represents the number of TRPs.
  • the coefficients include the strongest amplitude, and the number of the strongest amplitudes is one; the coefficient position indication information is used to indicate the position of the strongest amplitude in the combined coefficient matrix corresponding to multiple TRP groups,
  • the position representation includes the second TRP group with the strongest amplitude; wherein the number of strongest combination coefficients in the combination coefficient matrix corresponding to the multiple TRP groups is multiple.
  • the coefficient position indication information is obtained by indication; where G represents the number of TRP groups.
  • the chip also includes a memory 1903, which is used to store necessary computer programs and data.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system that includes a communication device as a terminal device and a communication device as a network device in the embodiment of FIG. 17 , or the system includes a communication device as a terminal device in the embodiment of FIG. 18 devices and communication devices as network equipment.
  • This application also provides a readable storage medium on which instructions are stored. When the instructions are executed by a computer, the functions of any of the above method embodiments are implemented.
  • This application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs.
  • the computer program When the computer program is loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer program may be stored in or transferred from one computer-readable storage medium to another, for example, the computer program may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated therein.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks, SSD)) etc.
  • magnetic media e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes
  • optical media e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)
  • DVD digital video discs
  • semiconductor media e.g., solid state disks, SSD
  • At least one in this application can also be described as one or more, and the plurality can be two, three, four or more, which is not limited by this application.
  • the technical feature is distinguished by “first”, “second”, “third”, “A”, “B”, “C” and “D”, etc.
  • the technical features described in “first”, “second”, “third”, “A”, “B”, “C” and “D” are in no particular order or order.
  • the corresponding relationships shown in each table in this application can be configured or predefined.
  • the values of the information in each table are only examples and can be configured as other values, which are not limited by this application.
  • the corresponding relationships shown in some rows may not be configured.
  • appropriate deformation adjustments can be made based on the above table, such as splitting, merging, etc.
  • the names of the parameters shown in the titles of the above tables may also be other names understandable by the communication device, and the values or expressions of the parameters may also be other values or expressions understandable by the communication device.
  • other data structures can also be used, such as arrays, queues, containers, stacks, linear lists, pointers, linked lists, trees, graphs, structures, classes, heaps, hash tables or hash tables. wait.
  • Predefinition in this application can be understood as definition, pre-definition, storage, pre-storage, pre-negotiation, pre-configuration, solidification, or pre-burning.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例公开了一种系数指示方法及其装置，可以应用于通信技术领域，该方法包括：终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数位置指示信息用于指示组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，从而减少多个TRP或者多个TRP组的通过相干协作传输为终端提供数据服务的场景下的终端设备反馈开销。

Description

系数指示方法及其装置 技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种系数指示方法及其装置。
背景技术
多点协作传输是指多个传输接收点(Muplti Transmission Reception Point，mTRP)/多面板(Panel)为一个用户提供数据服务。在多个TRP或者多个TRP组的场景下，目前缺少组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示方法。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种系数指示方法及其装置，可以在多个TRP或者多个TRP组的场景下，终端设备进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，从而减少多个TRP或者多个TRP组的场景下，终端设备的反馈开销。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种系数指示方法，由终端设备执行，该方法包括：
接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；
向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；
其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
本申请实施例中，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数位置指示信息用于指示组合系数矩阵中系数的位置，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，从而减少多个TRP或者多个TRP组的场景下，终端设备的反馈开销。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种系数指示方法，由网络设备执行，该方法包括：
向终端设备发送码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；
接收所述终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；
其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
本申请实施例中，网络设备可以向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；其中，系数位置指示信息用于指示组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置；进而可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，从而减少多个TRP或者多个TRP组的场景下，终端设备的反馈开销。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面所述的方法中终端设备的部分或全部功能，比如通信装置的功能可具备本申请中的部分或全部实施例中的功能，也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的 软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种实现方式中，该通信装置的结构中可包括收发模块和处理模块，所述处理模块被配置为支持通信装置执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述收发模块用于支持通信装置与其他设备之间的通信。所述通信装置还可以包括存储模块，所述存储模块用于与收发模块和处理模块耦合，其保存通信装置必要的计算机程序和数据。
作为示例，处理模块可以为处理器，收发模块可以为收发器或通信接口，存储模块可以为存储器。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置，该通信装置具有实现上述第二方面所述的方法示例中网络设备的部分或全部功能，比如通信装置的功能可具备本申请中的部分或全部实施例中的功能，也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种实现方式中，该通信装置的结构中可包括收发模块和处理模块，该处理模块被配置为支持通信装置执行上述方法中相应的功能。收发模块用于支持通信装置与其他设备之间的通信。所述通信装置还可以包括存储模块，所述存储模块用于与收发模块和处理模块耦合，其保存通信装置必要的计算机程序和数据。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括处理器，当该处理器调用存储器中的计算机程序时，执行上述第一方面所述的方法。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括处理器，当该处理器调用存储器中的计算机程序时，执行上述第二方面所述的方法。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括处理器和存储器，该存储器中存储有计算机程序；所述处理器执行该存储器所存储的计算机程序，以使该通信装置执行上述第一方面所述的方法。
第八方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括处理器和存储器，该存储器中存储有计算机程序；所述处理器执行该存储器所存储的计算机程序，以使该通信装置执行上述第二方面所述的方法。
第九方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该装置包括处理器和接口电路，该接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至该处理器，该处理器用于运行所述代码指令以使该装置执行上述第一方面所述的方法。
第十方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该装置包括处理器和接口电路，该接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至该处理器，该处理器用于运行所述代码指令以使该装置执行上述第二方面所述的方法。
第十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信系统，该系统包括第三方面所述的通信装置以及第四方面所述的通信装置，或者，该系统包括第五方面所述的通信装置以及第六方面所述的通信装置，或者，该系统包括第七方面所述的通信装置以及第八方面所述的通信装置，或者，该系统包括第九方面所述的通信装置以及第十方面所述的通信装置。
第十二方面，本发明实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，用于储存为上述终端设备所用的指令，当所述指令被执行时，使所述终端设备执行上述第一方面所述的方法。
第十三方面，本发明实施例提供一种可读存储介质，用于储存为上述网络设备所用的指令，当所述指令被执行时，使所述网络设备执行上述第二方面所述的方法。
第十四方面，本申请还提供一种包括计算机程序的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的方法。
第十五方面，本申请还提供一种包括计算机程序的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第二方面所述的方法。
第十六方面，本申请提供一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器和接口，用于支持终端设备实现第一方面所涉及的功能，例如，确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和信息中的至少一种。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存终端设备必要的计算机程序和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
第十七方面，本申请提供一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器和接口，用于支持网络设备实现第二方面所涉及的功能，例如，确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和信息中的至少一种。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存网络设备必要的计算机程序和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
第十八方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的方法。
第十九方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第二方面所述的方法。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案，下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种多点协作传输的示意图；
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图；
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图5a是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图5b是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图7a是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图7b是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图13是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图15是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图；
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图；
图18是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图；
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明，其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时，除非另有表示，不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请相一致的所有实施方式。相反，它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本申请的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。
在本申请实施例使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的，而非旨在限制本申请实施例。在本申请实施例和所附权利要求书中所使用的单数形式的“一种”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式，除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解，本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。
应当理解，尽管在本申请实施例可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息，但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如，在不脱离本申请实施例范围的情况下，第一信息也可以被称为第二信息，类似地，第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境，如在此所使用的词语“如果”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”出于简洁和便于理解的目的，本文在表征大小关系时，所使用的术语为“大于”或“小于”、“高于”或“低于”。但对于本领域技术人员来说，可以理解：术语“大于”也涵盖了“大于等于”的含义，“小于”也涵盖了“小于等于”的含义；术语“高于”涵盖了“高于等于”的含义，“低于”也涵盖了“低于等于”的含义。
为了便于理解，首先介绍本申请涉及的术语。
1、SD(Spatial Domain,空域)基向量
本申请实施例中，空域可以包括发送侧空域和接收侧空域，空域基向量可以根据发送侧空域基向量确定。每个发送侧空域基向量可以对应发射端设备的一个发射波束(beam)。每个接收侧空域基向量可以对应接收端设备的一个接收波束(beam)。
下面以发送侧空域基向量为例进行说明，接收侧空域基向量与发送侧空域基向量类似。发送侧空域基向量通常与发送侧天线阵列相关联，举例来说，发送侧空域基向量表达式所涉及的许多参数可以理解为用于表征发送侧天线阵列的不同属性。因此，为便于理解本申请实施例所涉及的发送侧空域基向量，下文将结合发送侧天线阵列对发送侧空域基向量进行描述。尽管如此，本领域的技术人员应当明白，本申请实施例所涉及的发送侧空域基向量并非仅限于特定的天线阵列。在具体实现过程中，可以按照具体的需要，选择合适的天线阵列，并基于所选的天线阵列，设置本申请实施例所涉及的发送侧空域基向量中涉及的各种参数。
2、FD(Frequency Domain,频域)基向量
频域基向量用于表征信道在频域上的变化规律。频域基向量具体可用于表示各空域基向量的加权系数在各个频域单元上的变化规律。频域基向量所表征的变化规律与多径时延等因素相关。可以理解的是，由于信号在经过无线信道传输时，信号在不同的传输路径上可能存在不同的传输时延。不同的传输时延所导致的信道在频域上的变化规律可以由不同的频域基向量来表征。
3、多点协作传输技术
多点协作传输技术大致可分为相干传输(Coherent Joint Transmission，CJT)和非相干传输(InCoherent Joint Transmission，NCJT)两种。所谓CJT是指每个数据流会通过加权向量映射到参与协作的m-TRP/Panel上。CJT相当于把多个子阵拼接称为一个更高维度的虚拟阵列，以获得更高的赋形或预编码增益。
图1给出了三个TRPs通过CJT为终端设备(例如，用户设备UE)服务的场景，终端设备到各个TRP的信道分别表示为H 1、H 2和H 3。在计算该终端设备的预编码时，可以把这些信道组合在一块视为一个更高维度的信道即
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000001
然后根据H计算终端设备的下行数据传输预编码。
多个TRP进行CJT时可以采用以下可选的码本结构的用于计算用户的下行数据传输预编码：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000004
其中，a n和p n分别表示第n个TRP对应的相位因子与幅度因子。W 1,n表示第n个TRP对应的空域(Spatial Domain，SD)基向量，
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000005
表示第n个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，W f,n表示第n个TRP对应的频域(Frequency Domain,FD)基向量，W SF,n表示第n个TRP对应的SD和FD基向量的组合，
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000006
表示N个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，W f表示N个TRP对应的FD基向量。
对于Rel-16/17 Type II码本结构中的组合系数矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000007
量化采用了极化方向上的差分方式以提升组合系数矩阵的量化精度。即组合系数矩阵中的每个组合系数可表示为两个元素的乘积，如下式所示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000008
式中r 0和r 1分别表示第一极化方向的参考幅度和第二极化方向的参考幅度，
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000009
表示组合系数矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000010
中第p个极化方向上的第l行m列的系数，系数可由相应的差分幅度和差分相位表示。参考幅度通 过4bits量化，差分幅度和差分相位分别通过3bits和4bits量化。
再对
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000011
进行差分量化之前，需要首先对该组合系数矩阵中的各组合系数进行组合系数归一化，组合系数归一化后的组合系数矩阵中包含一个幅度为1的最强组合系数，最强组合系数所在的极化方向对应的参考幅度r 0或r 1不上报。为了减少终端设备的反馈开销，在一个TRP的场景下，终端设备不对最强组合系数量化上报，仅上报较少的指示信息以指示最强组合系数在一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。对于Rel-16 Type II码本，终端设备通过上报
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000012
或
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000013
bits指示最强组合系数在一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。其中K NZ表示rank＝1时该组合系数矩阵中非零系数的总数量；L表示SD基向量数量。对于Rel-17 Type II端口选择，终端设备通过上报
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000014
bits指示最强组合系数在一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。
为了更好的理解本申请实施例公开的一种系数指示方法，下面首先对本申请实施例适用的通信系统进行描述。
请参见图2，图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。该通信系统可包括但不限于一个网络设备和一个终端设备，图2所示的设备数量和形态仅用于举例并不构成对本申请实施例的限定，实际应用中可以包括两个或两个以上的网络设备，两个或两个以上的终端设备。图2所示的通信系统以包括一个网络设备101和一个终端设备102为例。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统。例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、第五代(5th generation，5G)移动通信系统、5G新空口(new radio，NR)系统，或者其他未来的新型移动通信系统等。还需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的侧链路还可以称为侧行链路或直通链路。
本申请实施例中的网络设备101是网络侧的一种用于发射或接收信号的实体。例如，网络设备101可以为演进型基站(evolved NodeB，eNB)、传输点(transmission reception point，TRP)、NR系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB，gNB)、其他未来移动通信系统中的基站或无线保真(wireless fidelity，WiFi)系统中的接入节点等。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。本申请实施例提供的网络设备可以是由集中单元(central unit，CU)与分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)组成的，其中，CU也可以称为控制单元(control unit)，采用CU-DU的结构可以将网络设备，例如基站的协议层拆分开，部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制，剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中，由CU集中控制DU。
本申请实施例中的终端设备102是用户侧的一种用于接收或发射信号的实体，如手机。终端设备也可以称为终端设备(terminal)、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、移动台(mobile station，MS)、移动终端设备(mobile terminal，MT)等。终端设备可以是具备通信功能的汽车、智能汽车、手机(mobile phone)、穿戴式设备、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端设备、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等等。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。
在侧链路通信中，存在4种侧链路传输模式。侧链路传输模式1和侧链路传输模式2用于终端设备直通(device-to-device，D2D)通信。侧链路传输模式3和侧链路传输模式4用于V2X通信。当采用侧链路传输模式3时，资源分配由网络设备101调度。具体的，网络设备101可以将资源分配信息发送给终端设备102，然后由该终端设备102向另一终端设备分配资源，以使得该另一终端设备可以通过分配到的资源向网络设备101发送信息。在V2X通信中，可以将信号较好或者可靠性较高的终端设备作为终端设备102。本申请实施例中提及的第一终端设备可以指该终端设备102，第二终端设备可以指该另一终端设备。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例描述的通信系统是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着系统架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
需要说明的是，本申请中任一个实施例提供的系数指示方法可以单独执行，或是结合其他实施例中的可能的实现方法一起被执行，还可以结合相关技术中的任一种技术方案一起被执行。
下面结合附图对本申请所提供的系数指示方法及其装置进行详细地介绍。
请参见图3，图3是本申请实施例提供的一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图3所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S301：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，码本参数信息可以用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。其中，多个TRP中，每个TRP对应有一个组合系数矩阵。另一种示例中，码本参数信息可以用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。其中，多个TRP组中，每个TRP组对应有一个组合系数矩阵。其中，一个TRP组中可以包括一个或者多个TRP。
在本申请实施例中，码本参数信息包括：TRP/TRP组数量、一个TRP/TRP组或者多个TRP/TRP组对应的基向量数量；其中，基向量数量包括以下中的至少一种：SD基向量数量；FD基向量数量；端口数量；SD基向量与FD基向量的向量对的数量。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
在本申请实施例中，在码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度的情况下，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP数量、一个TRP或者多个TRP对应的基向量数量。一种示例中，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP数量、一个TRP对应的基向量数量。另一种示例中，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP数量、多个TRP对应的基向量数量。其中，多个TRP对应的基向量数量，指的是所有TRP中相应基向量的总数量。
其中，该多个TRP可以位于同一个TRP组中，或者，位于不同的TRP组中。任意两个TRP所属的TRP组可以相同或者不同，此处不做具体限定。
其中，终端设备可以根据网络设备配置的码本参数信息，确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度，进而确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵。
在码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度的情况下，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP组数量、一个TRP组或者多个TRP组对应的基向量数量。一种示例中，码本参数信息中可 以包括：TRP组数量、一个TRP组对应的基向量数量。另一种示例中，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP组数量、多个TRP组对应的基向量数量。其中，多个TRP组对应的基向量数量，指的是所有TRP组中相应基向量的总数量。
其中，终端设备可以根据网络设备配置的码本参数信息，确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度，进而确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵。
步骤S302：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数位置指示信息用于指示组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
在本申请实施例中，系数可以包括以下中的至少一种：最强组合系数、最强参考幅度、最强幅度。其中，针对多个TRP或者多个TRP组，最强组合系数的数量可以为一个或者多个。
其中，在码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度的情况下，终端设备可以确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵。其中，每个TRP可以对应一个组合系数矩阵。其中，一种示例中，针对多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，可以将该多个组合系数矩阵组合为一个组合系数矩阵；对该组合系数矩阵进行组合系数归一化处理，得到一个处理后的组合系数矩阵；该处理后的组合系数矩阵中存在一个最强组合系数。另一种示例中，针对多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，可以对每个组合系数矩阵分别进行组合系数归一化处理，得到多个处理后的组合系数矩阵，每个处理后的组合系数矩阵中存在一个最强组合系数，即多个最强组合系数。其中，该多个组合系数矩阵中可以存在一个最强参考幅度，和/或，可以存在一个最强幅度。
其中，在码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度的情况下，终端设备可以确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵。其中，每个TRP组可以对应一个组合系数矩阵。其中，一种示例中，针对多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵，可以将该多个组合系数矩阵组合为一个组合系数矩阵；对该组合系数矩阵进行组合系数归一化处理，得到一个处理后的组合系数矩阵；该处理后的组合系数矩阵中存在一个最强组合系数。另一种示例中，针对多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵，可以对每个组合系数矩阵分别进行组合系数归一化处理，得到多个处理后的组合系数矩阵，每个处理后的组合系数矩阵中存在一个最强组合系数，即多个最强组合系数。其中，该多个组合系数矩阵中可以存在一个最强参考幅度，和/或，可以存在一个最强幅度。
在本申请实施例中，最强系数位置的指示信息，可以根据网络设备配置的码本参数信息确定，或者根据多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中系数的数量确定，或者根据多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量确定，此处不做具体限定，可以根据实际需要进行选择。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数位置指示信息用于指示组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置，从而在多个TRP或者多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图4，图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图4所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S401：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数 矩阵的维度。
步骤S402：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为一个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。
在本申请实施例中，每个TRP可以对应一个组合系数矩阵。针对多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，可以将该多个组合系数矩阵组合为一个组合系数矩阵；对该组合系数矩阵进行组合系数归一化处理，得到一个处理后的组合系数矩阵；该处理后的组合系数矩阵中存在一个最强组合系数。
一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，可以直接用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。另一种示例中，第一TRP未预定义且未由网络设备配置，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示最强组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息。另一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息，第一TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置。
在本申请实施例中，在系数位置指示信息直接用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的情况下，系数位置指示信息，可以通过以下中的至少一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000016
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；K tot表示多个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的总数量。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
其中，该实施例中系数位置指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
在本申请实施例中，在系数位置指示信息包括用于指示最强组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息的情况下，一种示例中，第一指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000017
指示；第二指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000018
指示。其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；第n个TRP为第一TRP。
其中，需要说明的是，网络设备配置的码本参数信息中，可以为各个TRP配置不同的FD基向量数量，或者，为各个TRP配置不同的SD基向量数量。其中，该实施例中的第一指示信息和第二指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000019
表示对log 2N的向上取整处理。例如，在log 2N为0.8的情况下，
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000020
可以为1。其中，第二指示信息的公式中L n前面的数字2表示有两个极化方向。若极化方向数量为其他数量，可以将2替换成实际的极化方向数量。
在本申请实施例中，在系数位置指示信息包括用于指示最强组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息的情况下，另一种示例中，第一指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000021
指示；第二指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000022
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000023
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第n个TRP为第一TRP。
其中，该实施例中的第一指示信息和第二指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于Alt1A码本结构。
其中，可选的，在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵组合为一个组合系数矩阵，该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵经过列置换，将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，第二指示信息可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000024
指示。若该处理后的组合系数矩阵未经过列置换，以将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，第二指示信息可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000025
指示。
在本申请实施例中，在系数位置指示信息包括用于指示第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息的情况下，一种示例中，第二指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000026
指示。该示例中第二指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
另一种示例中，第二指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000027
该示例中第二指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于Alt1A码本结构。
以下举例进行说明。假设TRP数量为2，即有2个TRP通过CJT为一个位于小区边缘的终端设备提供服务。其中，网络设备为该终端设备配置两个TRP对应的FD基向量数量M n＝4，一个极化方向上每个TRP对应的SD基向量数量为L n＝2，极化方向数量为2。则终端设备根据两个TRP到该终端设备的下行信道信息计算两个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，并对两个组合系数矩阵进行组合，得到的一个组合系数矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000028
假设包括最大系数的组合系数为
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000029
对
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000030
进行组合系数归一化之后可得
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000031
假设第一个TRP和第二个TRP在相同的极化方向上采用相同的参考幅度，则有两个极化方向的参考幅度为r 0和r 1，最强组合系数为1并位于第一极化方向，因此其所在的第一极化方向对应的参考幅度r 0＝1。r 0＝1和最强组合系数1均不上报。终端设备上报
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000032
指示最强组合系数位于哪个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中，例如第一个TRP；然后再上报
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000033
指示第一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。
可选的，终端设备可以对两个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵进行列置换，将最强组合系数所在列置换 至该组合系数矩阵中的第一列，得到
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000034
此时，终端设备可以上报
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000035
指示第一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为一个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置，从而在多个TRP的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图5，图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图5所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S501：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S502：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；多个最强组合系数与多个TRP一一对应。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息。其中，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000036
其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000037
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；K n,0表示第n个TRP的最大非零系数个数。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
其中，该实施例中系数位置指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
其中，可选的，针对每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，在该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵经过列置换，将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，用于指示该TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000038
其中，可选的，针对每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，在该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵未经过列置换，以将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，用于指示该TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信 息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000039
指示。
以下举例进行说明。假设TRP数量为2，即有2个TRP通过CJT为一个位于小区边缘的终端设备提供服务。其中，网络设备为该终端设备配置两个TRP对应的FD基向量数量M n＝4，一个极化方向上每个TRP对应的SD基向量数量为L n＝2，极化方向数量为2。则终端设备根据两个TRP到该终端设备的下行信道信息计算两个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，并对两个组合系数矩阵进行组合，得到的一个组合系数矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000040
首先对
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000041
进行组合系数归一化处理，得到
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000042
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000044
其中，W 2,1表示第一个TRP对应的组合系数归一化处理后的组合系数矩阵；W 2,2表示第二个TRP对应的组合系数归一化处理后的组合系数矩阵。
其中，r 0和r 1分别表示第一个TRP对应的第一极化方向和第二极化方向的参考幅度；r 2和r 3分别表示第二个TRP对应的第一极化方向和第二极化方向的参考幅度。假设r 0、r 1、r 2和r 3中r 0为最大的值，再对r 0、r 1、r 2和r 3进行归一化可得参考幅度为r′ 0＝1、r′ 1、r′ 2和r′ 3，即
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000046
终端设备分别上报
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000047
指示第一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置，以及指示第二个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；之后可以通过上报
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000048
指示两个组合系数矩阵中包括最强幅度的TRP，或者，可以通过上报
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000049
指示两个组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数 包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；多个最强组合系数与多个TRP一一对应，从而在多个TRP的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图5a，图5a是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图5a所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S511：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S512：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；多个最强组合系数与多个TRP一一对应。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息。其中，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000050
其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000051
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；K n,0表示第n个TRP的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
其中，该实施例中系数位置指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
其中，可选的，针对每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，在该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵经过列置换，将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，用于指示该TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000052
其中，可选的，针对每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，在该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵未经过列置换，以将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，用于指示该TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000053
指示。
步骤S513：向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的TRP；第三TRP由系数位置指示信息指示；或者，第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，系数指示信息，不用于指示第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的最强组合系数。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，第三TRP可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第三TRP。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第三TRP。需要说明的是，第三TRP可以为多个TRP中的任意一个TRP。
其中，系数位置指示信息中，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000054
指示第三TRP；其中，N表示TRP数量。
在本申请实施例中，另一种示例中，第三TRP可以预定义或者由网络设备配置。具体的，网络设备可以配置与每个TRP关联的信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal，CSI-RS)资源的资源标识，或者网络设备可以配置与每个TRP组关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识。网络设备和终端设备约定好或者预定义以下内容：第三TRP为多个资源标识中最小资源标识对应的TRP，或者，第三TRP为多个资源标识中最大资源标识对应的TRP。
需要说明的是，其他实施例中，涉及到的通过预定义或者由网络设备配置TRP的方式，可以参考此处第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置的方式，其他实施例中不再进行详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，系数还可以包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，最强幅度的位置表征包括最强幅度的TRP；和/或，系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置，最强参考幅度的位置表征包括最强参考幅度的TRP。
其中，需要说明的是，每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的幅度是最大的，而最强幅度为多个最大幅度中的最大值。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；多个最强组合系数与多个TRP一一对应；向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；其他TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的TRP；第三TRP由系数位置指示信息指示；或者，第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，系数指示信息，不用于指示第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的最强组合系数，从而在多个TRP的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而确定参考幅度和差分相位等，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图5b，图5b是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图5b所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S521：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S522：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；多个最强组合系数与多个TRP一一对应。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息。其中，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000055
其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000056
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；K n,0表示第n个TRP的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
其中，该实施例中系数位置指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
其中，可选的，针对每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，在该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵经过列置换，将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，用于指示该TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000057
其中，可选的，针对每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，在该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵未经过列置换，以将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，用于指示该TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000058
指示。
步骤S523：向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；第四TRP为多个TRP中除第三TRP之外的其他TRP中的一个；第三TRP由系数位置指示信息指示，或者，第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由系数位置指示信息指示；其中，系数指示信息，不用于指示第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的最强组合系数。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，第三TRP可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第三TRP。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第三TRP。需要说明的是，第三TRP可以为多个TRP中的任意一个TRP。
其中，系数位置指示信息中，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000059
指示第三TRP；其中，N表示TRP数量。
在本申请实施例中，另一种示例中，第三TRP可以预定义或者由网络设备配置。具体的，网络设备可以配置与每个TRP关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识，或者网络设备可以配置与每个TRP组关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识；网络设备和终端设备约定好或者预定义以下内容：第三TRP为多个资源标识中最小资源标识对应的TRP，或者，第三TRP为多个资源标识中最大资源标识对应的TRP。
需要说明的是，其他实施例中，涉及到的通过预定义或者由网络设备配置TRP的方式，可以参考此处第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置的方式，其他实施例中不再进行详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000060
或者
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000061
指示第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000062
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第j个TRP为第三TRP。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。
在本申请实施例中，系数还可以包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，最强幅度的位置表征包括最强幅度的TRP；和/或，系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置，最强参考幅度的位置表征包括最强参考幅度的TRP。
其中，需要说明的是，每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的幅度是最大的，而最强幅度为多个最大幅度中的最大值。
以下举例进行说明。假设TRP数量为2，即有2个TRP通过CJT为一个位于小区边缘的终端设备提供服务。其中，网络设备为该终端设备配置两个TRP对应的FD基向量数量M n＝4，一个极化方向上每个TRP对应的SD基向量数量为L n＝2，极化方向数量为2。则终端设备根据两个TRP到该终端设备的下行信道信息计算两个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵，并对两个组合系数矩阵进行组合，得到的一个组合系数矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000063
首先对
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000064
进行组合系数归一化处理，得到
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000065
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000067
其中，W 2，1表示第一个TRP对应的组合系数归一化处理后的组合系数矩阵；W 2,2表示第二个TRP对应的组合系数归一化处理后的组合系数矩阵。
其中，r 0和r 1分别表示第一个TRP对应的第一极化方向和第二极化方向的参考幅度；r 2和r 3分别表示第二个TRP对应的第一极化方向和第二极化方向的参考幅度。假设r 0、r 1、r 2和r 3中r 0为最大的值，再对r 0、r 1、r 2和r 3进行归一化可得参考幅度为r′ 0＝1、r′ 1、r′ 2和r′ 3，即
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000069
一种示例中，终端设备分别上报
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000070
指示第一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合 系数的位置，以及指示第二个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；之后终端设备可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000071
或
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000072
指示第一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。其中，第一个TRP对应的最强组合系数的参考幅度r′ 0、差分幅度和差分相位不上报。终端设备还可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000073
指示第二个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。第二个TRP对应的最强组合系数的参考幅度和差分相位需要量化后上报，但是第二个TRP对应的最强组合系数的差分幅度不需要上报。
在另一种示例中，终端设备可以指定其中一个TRP，例如，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000074
指示第一个TRP；针对第一个TRP，终端设备可以根据网络配置的码本参数确定第一个TRP包含的
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000075
个非零系数，剩余的所有TRP包含的
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000076
个非零系数；终端设备通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000077
和
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000078
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000079
分别指示第一个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置，以及剩余的TRP中(即第二TRP)对应的最强组合系数在所有TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；多个最强组合系数与多个TRP一一对应；向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；第四TRP为多个TRP中除第三TRP之外的其他TRP中的一个；第三TRP由系数位置指示信息指示，或者，第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由系数位置指示信息指示，从而在多个TRP的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而确定参考幅度和差分相位等，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图6，图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图6所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S601：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S602：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为一个，系数位置指示信息用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。
在本申请实施例中，每个TRP组可以对应一个组合系数矩阵。针对多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵，可以将该多个组合系数矩阵组合为一个组合系数矩阵；对该组合系数矩阵进行组合系数归一化处理，得到一个处理后的组合系数矩阵；该处理后的组合系数矩阵中存在一个最强组合系数。
一种示例中，第一TRP组未预定义且未由网络设备配置，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息。另一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息，第一TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置。
在本申请实施例中，在系数位置指示信息包括用于指示最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息的情况 下，一种示例中，第三指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000080
指示；第四指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000081
指示。其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的FD基向量数量。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
其中，该实施例中的第三指示信息和第四指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。其中，第四指示信息的公式中L g,i前面的数字2表示有两个极化方向。若极化方向数量为其它数量，可以将2替换成实际的极化方向数量。
在本申请实施例中，在系数位置指示信息包括用于指示最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息的情况下，另一种示例中，第三指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000082
指示；第四指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000083
其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000084
表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
其中，该实施例中的第三指示信息和第四指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于Alt1A码本结构。
其中，可选的，在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵组合为一个组合系数矩阵，该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵经过列置换，将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，第四指示信息可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000085
指示。若该处理后的组合系数矩阵未经过列置换，以将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，第四指示信息可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000086
指示。
在本申请实施例中，在系数位置指示信息包括用于指示第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息的情况下，一种示例中，第四指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000087
指示。该实施例中的第四指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
另一种示例中，第四指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000088
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000089
该实施例中的第四指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于Alt1A码本结构。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为一个，系数位置指示信息用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置，从而在多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图7，图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图7所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S701：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S702：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数 量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个最强组合系数与多个TRP组一一对应。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。其中，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000090
指示。其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；K g,0表示第g个TRP组的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
其中，该实施例中系数位置指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
其中，针对每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵，在该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵经过列置换，将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，用于指示该TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000091
指示。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个最强组合系数与多个TRP组一一对应，从而在多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图7a，图7a是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图7a所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S711：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S712：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个最强组合系数与多个TRP组一一对应。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。其中，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000092
指示。其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；K g,0表示第g个TRP组的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
其中，该实施例中系数位置指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
其中，针对每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵，在该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵经过列置换，将其中最强组合系数所在的列置 换至第一列的情况下，用于指示该TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000093
指示。
步骤S713：向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；其他TRP组为多个TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的TRP组；第三TRP组，由系数位置指示信息指示；或者，第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，系数指示信息，不用于指示第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的最强组合系数。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，第三TRP组可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第三TRP组。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第三TRP组。需要说明的是，第三TRP组可以为多个TRP组中的任意一个TRP组。
其中，系数位置指示信息中，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000094
指示第三TRP组；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
在本申请实施例中，另一种示例中，第三TRP组可以预定义或者由网络设备配置。具体的，网络设备可以配置与每个TRP关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识，或者网络设备可以配置与每个TRP组关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识；网络设备和终端设备约定好或者预定义以下内容：第三TRP组为多个资源标识中最小资源标识对应的TRP组，或者，第三TRP组为多个资源标识中最大资源标识对应的TRP组。
需要说明的是，其他实施例中，涉及到的通过预定义或者由网络设备配置TRP组的方式，可以参考此处第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置的方式，其他实施例中不再进行详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，系数还可以包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，最强幅度的位置表征包括最强幅度的TRP组；和/或，系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置，最强参考幅度的位置表征包括最强参考幅度的TRP组。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个最强组合系数与多个TRP组一一对应；向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；其他TRP组为多个TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的TRP组；第三TRP组，由系数位置指示信息指示；或者，第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置，从而在多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图7b，图7b是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图7b所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S721：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S722：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数 量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个最强组合系数与多个TRP组一一对应。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。其中，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000095
指示。其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量；K g,0表示第g个TRP组的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
其中，该实施例中系数位置指示信息的指示方法，可以适用于以下码本结构中的任意一种：Alt1A、Alt1B和Alt2。
其中，针对每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵，在该组合系数矩阵经过组合系数归一化处理，得到的处理后的组合系数矩阵中，若该处理后的组合系数矩阵经过列置换，将其中最强组合系数所在的列置换至第一列的情况下，用于指示该TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000096
指示。
步骤S723：向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数中的参考幅度以及差分相位；第四TRP组为多个TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的其他TRP组中的一个；第三TRP组由系数位置指示信息指示，或者，第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由系数位置指示信息指示；其中，系数指示信息，不用于指示第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的最强组合系数。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，第三TRP组可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第三TRP组。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第三TRP组。需要说明的是，第三TRP组可以为多个TRP组中的任意一个TRP组。
其中，系数位置指示信息中，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000097
指示第三TRP组；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
在本申请实施例中，另一种示例中，第三TRP组可以预定义或者由网络设备配置。具体的，网络设备可以配置与每个TRP关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识，或者网络设备可以配置与每个TRP组关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识；网络设备和终端设备约定好或者预定义以下内容：第三TRP组为多个资源标识中最小资源标识对应的TRP组，或者，第三TRP组为多个资源标识中最大资源标识对应的TRP组。
需要说明的是，其他实施例中，涉及到的通过预定义或者由网络设备配置TRP组的方式，可以参考此处第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置的方式，其他实施例中不再进行详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000098
指示第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，G表示TRP组数量；L g,i表示第i个TRP组的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；第j个TRP组为第三TRP组。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵 中的位置。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。
在本申请实施例中，系数还可以包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，最强幅度的位置表征包括最强幅度的TRP组；和/或，系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置，最强参考幅度的位置表征包括最强参考幅度的TRP组。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强组合系数，最强组合系数的数量为多个，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个最强组合系数与多个TRP组一一对应；向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数中的参考幅度以及差分相位；第四TRP组为多个TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的其他TRP组中的一个；第三TRP组由系数位置指示信息指示，或者，第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由系数位置指示信息指示，从而在多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图8，图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图8所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S801：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S802：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000099
指示，或者，可以通过N bits的位图指示。其中，N表示TRP数量。
其中，在本申请实施例中，最强参考幅度未由网络设备配置且未进行预定义。在最强参考幅度由网络设备配置或者进行预定义的情况下，终端设备不需要向网络设备发送用于指示最强参考幅度的位置的指示信息。
其中，每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以参考图5中最强组合系数的位置的指示方法，此处不再做详细说明。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个，从而在多个TRP的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图9，图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图9所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S901：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S902：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000100
指示，或者，可以通过G bits的位图指示。其中，G表示TRP组数量。
其中，在本申请实施例中，最强参考幅度未由网络设备配置且未进行预定义。在最强参考幅度由网络设备配置或者进行预定义的情况下，终端设备不需要向网络设备发送用于指示最强参考幅度的位置的指示信息。
其中，每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以参考图7中最强组合系数的位置的指示方法，此处不再做详细说明。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个，从而在多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图10，图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图10所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S1001：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S1002：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强幅度，最强幅度的数量为一个；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000101
指示。其中，N表示TRP数量。
其中，需要说明的是，在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，针对一个TRP，该一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的幅度是最大的，也就是说，该一个TRP中的最大幅度的位置，根据其中最强组合系数的位置是可以确定的。而最强幅度为多个最大幅度中的最大值，因此，指示包括最强幅度的TRP是哪个TRP，并结合该TRP中最强组合系数的位置，就可以确定最强幅度的位置。因此，系数位置指示信息，可以用于指示多个TRP中包括最强幅度的第二TRP。
其中，每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以参考图5中最强组合系数的位置的指示方法，此处不再做详细说明。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数 信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强幅度，最强幅度的数量为一个；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个，从而在多个TRP的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图11，图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由终端设备执行。如图11所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S1101：接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S1102：向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强幅度，最强幅度的数量为一个；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP组；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000102
指示。其中，G表示TRP组数量。
其中，需要说明的是，在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，针对一个TRP组，该一个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的幅度是最大的，也就是说，该一个TRP组中的最大幅度的位置，根据其中最强组合系数的位置是可以确定的。而最强幅度为多个最大幅度中的最大值，因此，指示包括最强幅度的TRP组是哪个TRP组，并结合该TRP组中最强组合系数的位置，就可以确定最强幅度的位置。因此，系数位置指示信息，可以用于指示多个TRP组中包括最强幅度的第二TRP组。
其中，每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以参考图7中最强组合系数的位置的指示方法，此处不再做详细说明。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，系数包括最强幅度，最强幅度的数量为一个；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP组；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个，从而在多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，使得网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
需要说明的是，前述的多个由终端设备执行的实施例，可以各自独立被实施，也可以以任意方式组合在一起被实施。
请参见图12，图12是本申请实施例提供的一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由网络设备执行。如图12所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S1201：向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，码本参数信息可以用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维 度。其中，多个TRP中，每个TRP对应有一个组合系数矩阵。另一种示例中，码本参数信息可以用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。其中，多个TRP组中，每个TRP组对应有一个组合系数矩阵。其中，一个TRP组中可以包括一个或者多个TRP。
在本申请实施例中，码本参数信息包括：TRP/TRP组数量、一个TRP/TRP组或者多个TRP/TRP组对应的基向量数量；其中，基向量数量包括以下中的至少一种：SD基向量数量；FD基向量数量；端口数量；SD基向量与FD基向量的向量对的数量。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
在本申请实施例中，在码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度的情况下，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP数量、一个TRP或者多个TRP对应的基向量数量。一种示例中，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP数量、一个TRP对应的基向量数量。另一种示例中，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP数量、多个TRP对应的基向量数量。其中，多个TRP对应的基向量数量，指的是所有TRP中相应基向量的总数量。
其中，该多个TRP可以位于同一个TRP组中，或者，位于不同的TRP组中。任意两个TRP所属的TRP组可以相同或者不同，此处不做具体限定。
其中，终端设备可以根据网络设备配置的码本参数信息，确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度，进而确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵。
在码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度的情况下，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP组数量、一个TRP组或者多个TRP组对应的基向量数量。一种示例中，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP组数量、一个TRP组对应的基向量数量。另一种示例中，码本参数信息中可以包括：TRP组数量、多个TRP组对应的基向量数量。其中，多个TRP组对应的基向量数量，指的是所有TRP组中相应基向量的总数量。
其中，终端设备可以根据网络设备配置的码本参数信息，确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度，进而确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵。
步骤S1202：接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；其中，系数位置指示信息用于指示组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
在本申请实施例中，系数可以包括以下中的至少一种：最强组合系数、最强参考幅度、最强幅度。其中，针对多个TRP或者多个TRP组，最强组合系数的数量可以为一个或者多个。
其中，在码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度的情况下，终端设备可以根据码本参数信息确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵。其中，每个TRP可以对应一个组合系数矩阵。其中，在码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度的情况下，终端设备可以根据码本参数信息确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵。其中，每个TRP组可以对应一个组合系数矩阵。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，网络设备可以向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；其中，系数位置指示信息用于指示组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置，从而在多个TRP或者多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图13，图13是本申请实施例提供的一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由网络设备执行。如图13所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S1301：向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S1302：接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；系数包括最强组合系数，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。
一种示例中，最强组合系数的数量为一个。另一种示例中，最强组合系数的数量为多个。
其中，在最强组合系数的数量为一个的情况下，一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示最强组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息；或者，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息，第一TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置。
其中，一种情况中，第一指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000103
指示；第二指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000104
指示。其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；第n个TRP为第一TRP。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
另一种情况中，第一指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000105
指示；第二指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000106
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000107
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第n个TRP为第一TRP。
另一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，可以通过以下中的至少一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000108
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000109
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；K tot表示多个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的总数量。
其中，在最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个最强组合系数与多个TRP一一对应。
在该情况下，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000110
其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000111
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；K n,0表示第n个TRP的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
在本申请实施例中，在最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，一种示例中，网络设备还可以接收终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；其他TRP为多个TRP中除第三TRP之外的TRP；第三TRP由系数位置指示信息指示；或者，第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，系数指示信息，不用于指示第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的最强组合系数。
在本申请实施例中，在最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，另一种示例中，网络设备还可以接收 终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；第四TRP为多个TRP中除第三TRP之外的其他TRP中的一个；第三TRP由系数位置指示信息指示，或者，第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由系数位置指示信息指示；其中，系数指示信息，不用于指示第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的最强组合系数。
其中，一种示例中，第三TRP可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第三TRP。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第三TRP。需要说明的是，第三TRP可以为多个TRP中的任意一个TRP。
其中，系数位置指示信息中，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000112
指示第三TRP；其中，N表示TRP数量。
其中，另一种示例中，第三TRP可以预定义或者由网络设备配置。具体的，网络设备可以配置与每个TRP关联的信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal，CSI-RS)资源的资源标识，或者网络设备可以配置与每个TRP组关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识；网络设备和终端设备约定好或者预定义以下内容：第三TRP为多个资源标识中最小资源标识对应的TRP，或者，第三TRP为多个资源标识中最大资源标识对应的TRP。
需要说明的是，其他实施例中，涉及到的通过预定义或者由网络设备配置TRP的方式，可以参考此处第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置的方式，其他实施例中不再进行详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000113
或者
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000114
指示第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000115
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第j个TRP为所述第三TRP。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。
在本申请实施例中，系数还可以包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，最强幅度的位置表征包括最强幅度的TRP；和/或，系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置，最强参考幅度的位置表征包括最强参考幅度的TRP。
其中，需要说明的是，每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的幅度是最大的，而最强幅度为多个最大幅度中的最大值。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，网络设备可以向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；系数包括最强组合系数，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置，从 而在多个TRP的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图14，图14是本申请实施例提供的一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由网络设备执行。如图14所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S1401：向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S1402：接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；系数包括最强组合系数，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置。
一种示例中，最强组合系数的数量为一个。另一种示例中，最强组合系数的数量为多个。
其中，在最强组合系数的数量为一个的情况下，一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息；或者，系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息，第一TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置。
其中，一种情况中，第三指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000116
指示；第四指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000117
指示。其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的FD基向量数量。其中，此处的端口数量，是指信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口数量。
另一种情况中，第三指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000118
指示；第四指示信息，可以通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000119
其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000120
表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
其中，在最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，系数包括最强组合系数，系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个最强组合系数与多个TRP组一一对应。
在该情况下，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000121
指示。其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；K g,0表示第g个TRP组的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
在本申请实施例中，在最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，一种示例中，网络设备还可以接收终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；其他TRP组为多个TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的TRP组；第三TRP组，由系数位置指示信息指示；或者，第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，系数指示信息，不用于指示第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的最强组合系数。
在本申请实施例中，在最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，另一种示例中，网络设备还可以接收终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数中的参考幅度以及差分相位；第四TRP组为多个TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的其他TRP 组中的一个；第三TRP组由系数位置指示信息指示，或者，第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由系数位置指示信息指示；其中，系数指示信息，不用于指示第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的最强组合系数。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，第三TRP组可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第三TRP组。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第三TRP组。需要说明的是，第三TRP组可以为多个TRP组中的任意一个TRP组。
其中，系数位置指示信息中，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000122
指示第三TRP组；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
在本申请实施例中，另一种示例中，第三TRP组可以预定义或者由网络设备配置。具体的，网络设备可以配置与每个TRP关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识，或者网络设备可以配置与每个TRP组关联的CSI-RS资源的资源标识；网络设备和终端设备约定好或者预定义以下内容：第三TRP组为多个资源标识中最小资源标识对应的TRP组，或者，第三TRP组为多个资源标识中最大资源标识对应的TRP组。
需要说明的是，其他实施例中，涉及到的通过预定义或者由网络设备配置TRP组的方式，可以参考此处第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置的方式，其他实施例中不再进行详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000123
指示所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，G表示TRP组数量；L g,i表示第i个TRP组的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；第j个TRP组为第三TRP组。
在本申请实施例中，一种示例中，第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，可以由系数位置指示信息指示。例如，一种方式中，系数位置指示信息中还可以包括一个指示信息，该指示信息可以指示第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。另一种方式中，可以复用系数位置指示信息中用于指示其他系数的位置的bit位，来指示第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置。
在本申请实施例中，系数还可以包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，最强幅度的位置表征包括最强幅度的TRP组；和/或，系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置，最强参考幅度的位置表征包括最强参考幅度的TRP组。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，网络设备可以向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；系数包括最强组合系数，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的位置，从而在多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图15，图15是本申请实施例提供的一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由网络设备执行。如图15所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S1501：向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
其中，一种示例中，码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。另一种示例中， 码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S1502：接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；系数包括最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
其中，一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置。系数位置指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000124
指示，或者，通过N bits的位图指示。其中，N表示TRP数量。
另一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置。系数位置指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000125
指示，或者，通过G bits的位图指示。其中，G表示TRP组数量。
其中，在本申请实施例中，最强参考幅度未由网络设备配置且未进行预定义。在最强参考幅度由网络设备配置或者进行预定义的情况下，终端设备不需要向网络设备发送用于指示最强参考幅度的位置的指示信息。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，网络设备可以向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；系数包括最强参考幅度；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个，从而在多个TRP或者多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
请参见图16，图16是本申请实施例提供的一种系数指示方法的流程示意图。该系数指示方法由网络设备执行。如图16所示，该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S1601：向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
其中，一种示例中，码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。另一种示例中，码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度。
步骤S1602：接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；系数包括最强幅度，最强幅度的数量为一个；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP；或者，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP组；其中，多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
其中，一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP。其中，系数位置指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000126
指示。其中，N表示TRP数量。
其中，需要说明的是，在多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，针对一个TRP，该一个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的幅度是最大的，也就是说，该一个 TRP中的最大幅度的位置，根据其中最强组合系数的位置是可以确定的。而最强幅度为多个最大幅度中的最大值，因此，指示包括最强幅度的TRP是哪个TRP，并结合该TRP中最强组合系数的位置，就可以确定最强幅度的位置。因此，系数位置指示信息，可以用于指示多个TRP中包括最强幅度的第二TRP。
另一种示例中，系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP组。其中，系数位置指示信息，可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000127
指示。其中，G表示TRP组数量。
其中，需要说明的是，在多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个的情况下，针对一个TRP组，该一个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的幅度是最大的，也就是说，该一个TRP组中的最大幅度的位置，根据其中最强组合系数的位置是可以确定的。而最强幅度为多个最大幅度中的最大值，因此，指示包括最强幅度的TRP组是哪个TRP组，并结合该TRP组中最强组合系数的位置，就可以确定最强幅度的位置。因此，系数位置指示信息，可以用于指示多个TRP组中包括最强幅度的第二TRP组。
本申请实施例中提供的系数指示方法，网络设备可以向终端设备发送码本参数信息；码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；接收终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；系数包括最强幅度，最强幅度的数量为一个；系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP；或者，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强幅度的位置，位置表征包括最强幅度的第二TRP组；其中，多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个，从而在多个TRP或者多个TRP组的场景下，进行组合系数矩阵中系数位置的指示，网络设备可以基于系数位置，确定系数，进而进行后续处理，在保持系统性能的基础上，减少终端设备的反馈开销。
需要说明的是，前述的多个由网络设备执行的实施例，可以各自独立被实施，也可以以任意方式组合在一起被实施。
上述本申请提供的实施例中，分别从网络设备、终端设备的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能，网络设备和第一终端设备可以包括硬件结构、软件模块，以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能可以以硬件结构、软件模块、或者硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行。
请参见图17，为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置170的结构示意图。图17所示的通信装置170可包括收发单元1701和处理单元1702。收发单元1701可包括发送模块和/或接收模块，发送模块用于实现发送功能，接收模块用于实现接收功能，收发单元1701可以实现发送功能和/或接收功能。
通信装置170可以是终端设备，也可以是终端设备中的装置，还可以是能够与终端设备匹配使用的装置。或者，通信装置170可以是网络设备，也可以是网络设备中的装置，还可以是能够与网络设备匹配使用的装置。
通信装置170为终端设备：
收发单元1701，用于接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；
所述收发单元1701，还用于向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于 指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
可选地，所述码本参数信息包括：TRP/TRP组数量、一个TRP/TRP组或者多个TRP/TRP组对应的基向量数量；
其中，所述基向量数量包括以下中的至少一种：
SD基向量数量；FD基向量数量；端口数量；SD基向量与FD基向量的向量对的数量。
可选地，所述系数包括以下中的至少一种：最强组合系数、最强参考幅度、最强幅度。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息；或者，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息，所述第一TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置。
可选地，所述第一指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000128
指示；所述第二指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000129
指示；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
可选地，所述第一指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000130
指示；所述第二指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000131
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000132
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过以下中的至少一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000133
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000134
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；K tot表示所述多个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的总数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP一一对应。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；其中，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000135
其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000136
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；K n,0表示第n个TRP的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
可选地，所述方法还包括：向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的TRP；所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵 中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述方法还包括：向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的其他TRP中的一个；所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000137
指示所述第三TRP；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000138
或者
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000139
指示所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000140
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第j个TRP为所述第三TRP。
可选地，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP；和/或，所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息；或者，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息，所述第一TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置。
可选地，所述第三指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000141
指示；所述第四指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000142
指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的FD基向量数量。
可选地，所述第三指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000143
指示；所述第四指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000144
其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000145
表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP组一一对应。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；其中，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000146
指示；其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；K g,0表示第g个TRP组的每个传输层的最大非零 系数个数。
可选地，所述方法还包括：向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的TRP组；所述第三TRP组，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述方法还包括：向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数中的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的其他TRP组中的一个；所述第三TRP组由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000147
指示所述第三TRP组；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000148
指示所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，G表示TRP组数量；L g,i表示第i个TRP组的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；第j个TRP组为所述第三TRP组。
可选地，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP组；和/或，所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP组。
可选地，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000149
指示，或者，通过N bits的位图指示；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000150
指示，或者，通过G bits的位图指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000151
指示；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示 多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP组；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000152
指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
通信装置170为网络设备：
收发单元1701，用于向终端设备发送码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；接收所述终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
可选地，所述码本参数信息包括：TRP/TRP组数量、一个TRP/TRP组或者多个TRP/TRP组对应的基向量数量；
其中，所述基向量数量包括以下中的至少一种：
SD基向量数量；FD基向量数量；端口数量；SD基向量与FD基向量的向量对的数量。
可选地，所述系数包括以下中的至少一种：最强组合系数、最强参考幅度、最强幅度。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息；或者，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息，所述第一TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置。
可选地，所述第一指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000153
指示；所述第二指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000154
指示；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
可选地，所述第一指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000155
指示；所述第二指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000156
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000157
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过以下中的至少一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000158
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000159
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；K tot表示所述多个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的总数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP一一对应。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；其中，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000160
其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000161
表示第n个 TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；K n,0表示第n个TRP的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
可选地，所述方法还包括：接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的TRP；所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述方法还包括：接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的其他TRP中的一个；所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000162
指示所述第三TRP；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000163
或者
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000164
指示所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000165
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第j个TRP为所述第三TRP。
可选地，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP；和/或，所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息；或者，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息，所述第一TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置。
可选地，所述第三指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000166
指示；所述第四指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000167
指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的FD基向量数量。
可选地，所述第三指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000168
指示；所述第四指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000169
其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000170
表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息， 用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP组一一对应。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；其中，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000171
指示；其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；K g,0表示第g个TRP组的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
可选地，所述方法还包括：接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的TRP组；所述第三TRP组，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述方法还包括：接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数中的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的其他TRP组中的一个；所述第三TRP组由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000172
指示所述第三TRP组；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000173
指示所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，G表示TRP组数量；L g,i表示第i个TRP组的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；第j个TRP组为所述第三TRP组。
可选地，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP组；和/或，所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP组。
可选地，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000174
指示，或者，通过N bits的位图指示；其中，N表示TRP数量。可选地，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000175
指示，或者，通过G bits的位图指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000176
指示；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP组；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000177
指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
请参见图18，图18是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置180的结构示意图。通信装置180可以是网络设备，也可以是终端设备，也可以是支持网络设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等，还可以是支持终端设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。该装置可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法，具体可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。
通信装置180可以包括一个或多个处理器1801。处理器1801可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如，基站、基带芯片，终端设备、终端设备芯片，DU或CU等)进行控制，执行计算机程序，处理计算机程序的数据。
可选的，通信装置180中还可以包括一个或多个存储器1802，其上可以存有计算机程序1803，处理器1801执行所述计算机程序1803，以使得通信装置180执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的，所述存储器1802中还可以存储有数据。通信装置180和存储器1802可以单独设置，也可以集成在一起。
可选的，通信装置180还可以包括收发器1804、天线1805。收发器1804可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等，用于实现收发功能。收发器1804可以包括接收器和发送器，接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等，用于实现接收功能；发送器可以称为发送机或发送电路等，用于实现发送功能。
可选的，通信装置180中还可以包括一个或多个接口电路1806。接口电路1806用于接收代码指令并传输至处理器1801。处理器1801运行所述代码指令以使通信装置80执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。
通信装置180为终端设备：收发器1804用于执行图3中的步骤S301和S302；图4中的步骤S401和S402；图5中的步骤S501和S502；图6中的步骤S601和S602；图7中的步骤S701和S702；图8中的步骤S801和S802；图9中的步骤S901和S902；图10中的步骤S1001和S1002；图11中的步骤S1101和S1201。
通信装置180为网络设备：收发器1804用于执行图12中的步骤S1201和S1202；图13中的步骤S1301和S1302；图14中的步骤S1401和S1402；图15中的步骤S1501和S1502；图16中的步骤S1601和S1602。
在一种实现方式中，处理器1801中可以包括用于实现接收和发送功能的收发器。例如该收发器可以是收发电路，或者是接口，或者是接口电路。用于实现接收和发送功能的收发电路、接口或接口电路可以是分开的，也可以集成在一起。上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于代码/数据的读写，或者，上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于信号的传输或传递。
在一种实现方式中，处理器1801可以存有计算机程序1803，计算机程序1803在处理器1801上运行，可使得通信装置180执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。计算机程序1803可能固化在处理器1801中，该种情况下，处理器1801可能由硬件实现。
在一种实现方式中，通信装置180可以包括电路，所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。本申请中描述的处理器和收发器可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit，IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路RFIC、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board，PCB)、电子设备等上。该处理器和收发器也可以用各种IC工艺技术来制造，例如互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor，CMOS)、N型金属氧化物半导体(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor，NMOS)、P型金属氧化物半导体(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor，PMOS)、双极结型晶体管(bipolar junction transistor，BJT)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。
以上实施例描述中的通信装置可以是网络设备或者终端设备，但本申请中描述的通信装置的范围并不限于此，而且通信装置的结构可以不受图18的限制。通信装置可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信装置可以是：
(1)独立的集成电路IC，或芯片，或，芯片系统或子系统；
(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合，可选的，该IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据，计算机程序的存储部件；
(3)ASIC，例如调制解调器(Modem)；
(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块；
(5)接收机、终端设备、智能终端设备、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等；
(6)其他等等。
对于通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统的情况，可参见图19所示的芯片的结构示意图。图19所示的芯片包括处理器1901和接口1902。其中，处理器1901的数量可以是一个或多个，接口1902的数量可以是多个。
对于芯片用于实现本申请实施例中终端设备的功能的情况：
接口1902，用于接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
可选地，所述码本参数信息包括：TRP/TRP组数量、一个TRP/TRP组或者多个TRP/TRP组对应的基向量数量；
其中，所述基向量数量包括以下中的至少一种：
SD基向量数量；FD基向量数量；端口数量；SD基向量与FD基向量的向量对的数量。
可选地，所述系数包括以下中的至少一种：最强组合系数、最强参考幅度、最强幅度。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息；或者，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息，所述第一TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置。
可选地，所述第一指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000178
指示；所述第二指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000179
指示；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
可选地，所述第一指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000180
指示；所述第二指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000181
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000182
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过以下中的至少一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000183
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000184
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；K tot表示所述多个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的总数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP一一对应。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；其中，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000185
其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000186
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
可选地，接口1902，还用于向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的TRP；所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，接口1902，还用于向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的其他TRP中的一个；所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000187
指示所述第三TRP；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000188
或者
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000189
指 示所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000190
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第j个TRP为所述第三TRP。
可选地，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP；和/或，所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息；或者，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息，所述第一TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置。
可选地，所述第三指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000191
指示；所述第四指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000192
指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的FD基向量数量。
可选地，所述第三指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000193
指示；所述第四指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000194
其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000195
表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP组一一对应。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；其中，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000196
指示；其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量。
可选地，接口1902，还用于向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的TRP组；所述第三TRP组，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，接口1902，还用于向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数中的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的其他TRP组中的一个；所述第三TRP组由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在 多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000197
指示所述第三TRP组；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000198
指示所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，G表示TRP组数量；L g,i表示第i个TRP组的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；第j个TRP组为所述第三TRP组。
可选地，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；
所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP组；和/或，所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP组。
可选地，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000199
指示，或者，通过N bits的位图指示；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000200
指示，或者，通过G bits的位图指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000201
指示；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP组；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000202
指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
对于芯片用于实现本申请实施例中网络设备的功能的情况：
接口1902，用于向终端设备发送码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；接收所述终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
可选地，所述码本参数信息包括：TRP/TRP组数量、一个TRP/TRP组或者多个TRP/TRP组对应的基向量数量；
其中，所述基向量数量包括以下中的至少一种：
SD基向量数量；FD基向量数量；端口数量；SD基向量与FD基向量的向量对的数量。
可选地，所述系数包括以下中的至少一种：最强组合系数、最强参考幅度、最强幅度。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息；或者，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息，所述第一TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置。
可选地，所述第一指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000203
指示；所述第二指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000204
指示；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
可选地，所述第一指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000205
指示；所述第二指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000206
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000207
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过以下中的至少一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000208
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000209
其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；K tot表示所述多个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的总数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP一一对应。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；其中，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000210
其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000211
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
可选地，接口1902，还用于接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的TRP；所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，接口1902，还用于接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的其他TRP中的一个；所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示， 或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000212
指示所述第三TRP；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000213
或者
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000214
指示所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000215
表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第j个TRP为所述第三TRP。
可选地，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP；和/或，所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息；或者，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息，所述第一TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置。
可选地，所述第三指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000216
指示；所述第四指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000217
指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的FD基向量数量。
可选地，所述第三指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000218
指示；所述第四指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000219
其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000220
表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP组一一对应。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；其中，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000221
指示；其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量。
可选地，接口1902，还用于接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的TRP组；所述第三TRP组，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述 第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，接口1902，还用于接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数中的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的其他TRP组中的一个；所述第三TRP组由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000222
指示所述第三TRP组；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000223
指示所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；其中，G表示TRP组数量；L g,i表示第i个TRP组的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；第j个TRP组为所述第三TRP组。
可选地，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP组；和/或，所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP组。
可选地，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000224
指示，或者，通过N bits的位图指示；其中，N表示TRP数量。可选地，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000225
指示，或者，通过G bits的位图指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP；其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000226
指示；其中，N表示TRP数量。
可选地，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP组；其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
可选地，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-000227
指示；其中，G表示TRP组数量。
可选的，芯片还包括存储器1903，存储器1903用于存储必要的计算机程序和数据。
本领域技术人员还可以了解到本申请实施例列出的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step)可以通过电子硬件、电脑软件，或两者的结合进行实现。这样的功能是通过硬件还是软件 来实现取决于特定的应用和整个系统的设计要求。本领域技术人员可以对于每种特定的应用，可以使用各种方法实现所述的功能，但这种实现不应被理解为超出本申请实施例保护的范围。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，该系统包括前述图17实施例中作为终端设备的通信装置和作为网络设备的通信装置，或者，该系统包括前述图18实施例中作为终端设备的通信装置和作为网络设备的通信装置。
本申请还提供一种可读存储介质，其上存储有指令，该指令被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机程序可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机程序可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解：本申请中涉及的第一、第二等各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围，也表示先后顺序。
本申请中的至少一个还可以描述为一个或多个，多个可以是两个、三个、四个或者更多个，本申请不做限制。在本申请实施例中，对于一种技术特征，通过“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”等区分该种技术特征中的技术特征，该“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”描述的技术特征间无先后顺序或者大小顺序。
本申请中各表所示的对应关系可以被配置，也可以是预定义的。各表中的信息的取值仅仅是举例，可以配置为其他值，本申请并不限定。在配置信息与各参数的对应关系时，并不一定要求必须配置各表中示意出的所有对应关系。例如，本申请中的表格中，某些行示出的对应关系也可以不配置。又例如，可以基于上述表格做适当的变形调整，例如，拆分，合并等等。上述各表中标题示出参数的名称也可以采用通信装置可理解的其他名称，其参数的取值或表示方式也可以通信装置可理解的其他取值或表示方式。上述各表在实现时，也可以采用其他的数据结构，例如可以采用数组、队列、容器、栈、线性表、指针、链表、树、图、结构体、类、堆、散列表或哈希表等。
本申请中的预定义可以理解为定义、预先定义、存储、预存储、预协商、预配置、固化、或预烧制。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行， 取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (76)

  1. 一种系数指示方法，其特征在于，由终端设备执行，所述方法包括：
    接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；
    向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；
    其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述码本参数信息包括：TRP/TRP组数量、一个TRP/TRP组或者多个TRP/TRP组对应的基向量数量；
    其中，所述基向量数量包括以下中的至少一种：
    SD基向量数量；
    FD基向量数量；
    端口数量；
    SD基向量与FD基向量的向量对的数量。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括以下中的至少一种：最强组合系数、最强参考幅度、最强幅度。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息；
    或者，
    所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息，且所述第一TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100001
    指示；
    所述第二指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100002
    指示；
    其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100003
    指示；
    所述第二指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100004
    其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100005
    表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
  8. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过以下中的至少一种指示：
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100006
    其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；K tot表示所述多个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的总数量。
  9. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；
    其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP一一对应。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；
    其中，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100007
    其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100008
    表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；K n,0表示第n个TRP的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的TRP；
    所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；
    其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的其他TRP中的一个；
    所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；
    所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；
    其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100009
    指示所述第三TRP；
    其中，N表示TRP数量。
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100010
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100011
    指示所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；
    其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100012
    表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第j个TRP为所述第三TRP。
  15. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；
    所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置， 所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP；
    和/或，
    所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP。
  16. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息；
    或者，
    所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息，所述第一TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置。
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100013
    指示；
    所述第四指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100014
    指示；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的FD基向量数量。
  19. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100015
    指示；
    所述第四指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100016
    其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100017
    表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
  20. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；
    其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP组一一对应。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；
    其中，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100018
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100019
    指示；
    其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；K g,0表示第g个TRP组的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的TRP组；
    所述第三TRP组，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；
    其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向网络设备发送系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数中的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的其他TRP组中的一个；
    所述第三TRP组由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；
    所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；
    其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100020
    指示所述第三TRP组；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量。
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100021
    指示所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量；L g,i表示第i个TRP组的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；第j个TRP组为所述第三TRP组。
  26. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；
    所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP组；
    和/或，
    所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP组。
  27. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；
    所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；
    其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100022
    指示，或者，通过N bits的位图指示；
    其中，N表示TRP数量。
  29. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；
    所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；
    其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100023
    指示，或者，通过G bits的位图指示；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量。
  31. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；
    所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP；
    其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100024
    指示；
    其中，N表示TRP数量。
  33. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；
    所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP组；
    其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100025
    指示；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量。
  35. 一种系数指示方法，其特征在于，由网络设备执行，所述方法包括：
    向终端设备发送码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；
    接收所述终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；
    其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述码本参数信息包括：TRP/TRP组数量、一个TRP/TRP组或者多个TRP/TRP组对应的基向量数量；
    其中，所述基向量数量包括以下中的至少一种：
    SD基向量数量；
    FD基向量数量；
    端口数量；
    SD基向量与FD基向量的向量对的数量。
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括以下中的至少一种：最强组合系数、最强参考幅度、最强幅度。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强 组合系数对应的第一TRP的第一指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息；
    或者，
    所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第二指示信息，所述第一TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100026
    指示；
    所述第二指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100027
    指示；
    其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
  41. 根据权利要求39所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100028
    指示；
    所述第二指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100029
    其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100030
    表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；所述第n个TRP为所述第一TRP。
  42. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过以下中的至少一种指示：
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100031
    其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；K tot表示所述多个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的总数量。
  43. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；
    其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP一一对应。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；
    其中，用于指示第n个TRP对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100032
    其中，L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100033
    表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；K n,0表示第n个TRP的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
  45. 根据权利要求43所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的TRP；
    所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；
    其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
  46. 根据权利要求43所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP对应的组 合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP为多个所述TRP中除第三TRP之外的其他TRP中的一个；
    所述第三TRP由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP预定义或者由网络设备配置；
    所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；
    其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
  47. 根据权利要求45或46所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100034
    指示所述第三TRP；
    其中，N表示TRP数量。
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100035
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100036
    指示所述第四TRP对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置；
    其中，N表示TRP数量；L n表示第n个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M n表示第n个TRP的FD基向量数量；
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100037
    表示第n个TRP对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量；第j个TRP为所述第三TRP。
  49. 根据权利要求43所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；
    所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP；
    和/或，
    所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP。
  50. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为一个，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置。
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述最强组合系数对应的第一TRP组的第三指示信息，以及用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息；
    或者，
    所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示所述第一TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的第四指示信息，所述第一TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100038
    指示；
    所述第四指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100039
    指示；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；M g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的FD基向量数量。
  53. 根据权利要求51所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100040
    指示；
    所述第四指示信息，通过以下中的任意一种指示：
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100041
    其中，G表示TRP组数量；I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100042
    表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的对应的一个传输层的组合系数矩阵中非零系数的数量。
  54. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强组合系数，所述最强组合系数的数量为多个，所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置；
    其中，多个所述最强组合系数与多个所述TRP组一一对应。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，包括用于指示每个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的位置的指示信息；
    其中，用于指示第g个TRP组对应的最强组合系数的位置的指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100043
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100044
    指示；
    其中，I g表示第g个TRP组内的TRP数量；L g,i表示第g个TRP组内第i个TRP的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；K g,0表示第g个TRP组的每个传输层的最大非零系数个数。
  56. 根据权利要求54所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示其他TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述其他TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的TRP组；
    所述第三TRP组，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；
    其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
  57. 根据权利要求54所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述终端设备发送的系数指示信息；其中，所述系数指示信息，用于指示第四TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强组合系数中的参考幅度以及差分相位；所述第四TRP组为多个所述TRP组中除第三TRP组之外的其他TRP组中的一个；
    所述第三TRP组由所述系数位置指示信息指示，或者，所述第三TRP组预定义或者由网络设备配置；
    所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的位置，由所述系数位置指示信息指示；
    其中，所述系数指示信息，不用于指示所述第三TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中的所述最强组合系数。
  58. 根据权利要求56或57所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100045
    指示所述第三TRP组；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量。
  59. 根据权利要求57所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息中，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100046
    指示所述第四TRP组对应的最强组合系数在多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩 阵中的位置；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量；L g,i表示第i个TRP组的SD基向量数量或者端口数量；第j个TRP组为所述第三TRP组。
  60. 根据权利要求54所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数还包括最强幅度和/或最强参考幅度；
    所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述最强幅度的位置表征包括所述最强幅度的TRP组；
    和/或，
    所述系数位置指示信息，还用于指示多个所述TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置，所述最强参考幅度的位置表征包括所述最强参考幅度的TRP组。
  61. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；
    所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；
    其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100047
    指示，或者，通过N bits的位图指示；
    其中，N表示TRP数量。
  63. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强参考幅度；
    所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强参考幅度的位置；
    其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100048
    指示，或者，通过G bits的位图指示；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量。
  65. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；
    所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP；
    其中，多个TRP对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100049
    指示；
    其中，N表示TRP数量。
  67. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数包括最强幅度，所述最强幅度的数量为一个；
    所述系数位置指示信息，用于指示多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中所述最强幅度的位置，所述位置表征包括所述最强幅度的第二TRP组；
    其中，多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵中最强组合系数的数量为多个。
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系数位置指示信息，通过
    Figure PCTCN2022123644-appb-100050
    指示；
    其中，G表示TRP组数量。
  69. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，设置于终端设备，所述装置包括：
    收发单元，用于接收网络设备发送的码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；
    所述收发单元，还用于向网络设备发送系数位置指示信息；
    其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
  70. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，设置于网络设备，所述装置包括：
    收发单元，用于向终端设备发送码本参数信息；所述码本参数信息用于确定多个TRP或者多个TRP组对应的组合系数矩阵的维度；
    所述收发单元，还用于接收所述终端设备发送的系数位置指示信息；
    其中，所述系数位置指示信息用于指示所述组合系数矩阵中的特定的系数的位置。
  71. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器中存储有计算机程序，所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使所述装置执行如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法。
  72. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器中存储有计算机程序，所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使所述装置执行如权利要求35至68中任一项所述的方法。
  73. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器和接口电路；
    所述接口电路，用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器；
    所述处理器，用于运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法。
  74. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器和接口电路；
    所述接口电路，用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器；
    所述处理器，用于运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求35至68中任一项所述的方法。
  75. 一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储有指令，当所述指令被执行时，使如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法被实现。
  76. 一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储有指令，当所述指令被执行时，使如权利要求35至68中任一项所述的方法被实现。
PCT/CN2022/123644 2022-08-01 2022-09-30 系数指示方法及其装置 WO2024027011A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280003488.6A CN117813771A (zh) 2022-08-01 2022-09-30 系数指示方法及其装置

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/109543 WO2024026647A1 (zh) 2022-08-01 2022-08-01 系数指示方法及其装置
CNPCT/CN2022/109543 2022-08-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024027011A1 true WO2024027011A1 (zh) 2024-02-08

Family

ID=89848312

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/109543 WO2024026647A1 (zh) 2022-08-01 2022-08-01 系数指示方法及其装置
PCT/CN2022/123644 WO2024027011A1 (zh) 2022-08-01 2022-09-30 系数指示方法及其装置

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/109543 WO2024026647A1 (zh) 2022-08-01 2022-08-01 系数指示方法及其装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN117813790A (zh)
WO (2) WO2024026647A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110383710A (zh) * 2017-03-09 2019-10-25 三星电子株式会社 高级无线通信系统中的协方矩阵反馈的方法和装置
CN110832789A (zh) * 2017-03-23 2020-02-21 Lg电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中发送或接收信道状态信息的方法及其设备
CN111525947A (zh) * 2019-02-03 2020-08-11 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 信道状态信息的上报方法、接收方法、终端及网络侧设备
CN111756417A (zh) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-09 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 一种信道状态信息反馈方法及装置
CN113454926A (zh) * 2019-02-25 2021-09-28 高通股份有限公司 具有频率压缩的类型ii csi码本的非零系数数目报告
WO2022064465A1 (en) * 2020-09-28 2022-03-31 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Channel state information reporting for multiple transmit/receive points

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110383710A (zh) * 2017-03-09 2019-10-25 三星电子株式会社 高级无线通信系统中的协方矩阵反馈的方法和装置
CN110832789A (zh) * 2017-03-23 2020-02-21 Lg电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中发送或接收信道状态信息的方法及其设备
CN111525947A (zh) * 2019-02-03 2020-08-11 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 信道状态信息的上报方法、接收方法、终端及网络侧设备
CN113454926A (zh) * 2019-02-25 2021-09-28 高通股份有限公司 具有频率压缩的类型ii csi码本的非零系数数目报告
CN111756417A (zh) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-09 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 一种信道状态信息反馈方法及装置
WO2022064465A1 (en) * 2020-09-28 2022-03-31 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Channel state information reporting for multiple transmit/receive points

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MODERATOR (SAMSUNG): "Moderator Summary#3 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: ROUND 3", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #109-E R1-2205362, 17 May 2022 (2022-05-17), XP052191994 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117813771A (zh) 2024-04-02
CN117813790A (zh) 2024-04-02
WO2024026647A1 (zh) 2024-02-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023197226A1 (zh) 波束选择方法和装置
WO2023236222A1 (zh) 一种传输配置指示状态的指示方法及装置
WO2023184372A1 (zh) 上行信道的发送和接收的方法及装置
WO2024027011A1 (zh) 系数指示方法及其装置
CN112054831B (zh) 信道状态信息的反馈方法及装置
WO2023184451A1 (zh) 一种基于非码本的pusch发送、接收信息的方法及其装置
WO2024016136A1 (zh) Trp或trp组的相位因子和幅度因子发送/接收方法及其装置
WO2024021133A1 (zh) 指示方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2023184449A1 (zh) 一种发送tri的方法及其装置、接收tri的方法及其装置
WO2024000179A1 (zh) 一种上行mimo传输的天线全相干传输码字的确定方法及其装置
WO2023184450A1 (zh) 一种基于非码本的pusch接收/发送信息的方法及其装置
WO2023168575A1 (zh) 一种天线切换能力上报方法及其装置
WO2024026796A1 (zh) 上行mimo传输的预编码矩阵确定方法及其装置
WO2023168574A1 (zh) 一种天线切换能力上报方法及其装置
WO2024031719A1 (zh) 支持8Tx的基于码本的PUSCH传输的预编码指示方法及装置
WO2024026639A1 (zh) 一种波束赋形方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2023201500A1 (zh) 基于码本的pusch传输方法及其装置
WO2023245683A1 (zh) 基向量类型的指示方法和装置
WO2023164852A1 (zh) 测量方法及装置
WO2024031484A1 (zh) 上行传输的波束测量上报方法及装置
WO2023201501A1 (zh) Mimo上行传输部分天线相干传输码字的确定方法及其装置
WO2024031718A1 (zh) 支持8Tx的基于非码本的PUSCH传输的预编码指示方法及装置
WO2024026798A1 (zh) 上行mimo传输的预编码矩阵确定方法及其装置
WO2023274101A1 (zh) 一种获得预编码矩阵的方法及装置
WO2024044990A1 (zh) 基于智能超表面的预编码方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280003488.6

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22953803

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1